Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,210 missions · 1,101 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1109Completed1101All2210
🏆Completed
Theoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Randomization in On-Line Algorithms 4: Restarting a Bounded-Cost Algorithm Is (1+ε)α-Competitive in Games of Finite DiameterResearch Paper

Motivation

Competitive analysis compares an online algorithm, which must answer each request before seeing the next, with the optimal off-line solution of the same request sequence. Ben-David, Borodin, Karp, Tardos and Wigderson (Algorithmica 11, 1994) set up a general framework, request-answer games, in which paging, the KKK-server problem and metrical task systems are all instances, and used it to compare the power of randomized algorithms against several kinds of adversaries.

One of their results (Theorem 2.1) says that if a randomized algorithm is α\alphaα-competitive against every adaptive off-line adversary, then some deterministic algorithm is already α\alphaα-competitive. The argument is a game-theoretic existence proof: it says nothing about how to compute the deterministic algorithm. Section 4 of the paper, "A Constructive Version of Theorem 2.1", answers the natural follow-up question for a large class of games: under monotonicity, locality and a finite diameter, a deterministic algorithm that loses only a factor 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ can be assembled from a finite object.

Setting

A request-answer game FFF has a request set RRR, a finite answer set AAA, and cost functions fn:Rn×An→Rf_n : R^n \times A^n \to \mathbb{R}fn​:Rn×An→R, n≥0n \ge 0n≥0; f0f_0f0​ is the cost of the empty play. The off-line optimum of a request sequence rrr of length nnn is c(r)=min⁡a∈Anfn(r,a)c(r) = \min_{a \in A^n} f_n(r, a)c(r)=mina∈An​fn​(r,a). A deterministic online algorithm GGG answers the iii-th request by a function gi(r1,…,ri)g_i(r_1, \dots, r_i)gi​(r1​,…,ri​) of the requests so far; its cost on rrr is cG(r)=fn(r,G(r))c_G(r) = f_n(r, G(r))cG​(r)=fn​(r,G(r)). It is α\alphaα-competitive if cG(r)≤α(c(r))c_G(r) \le \alpha(c(r))cG​(r)≤α(c(r)) for every rrr.

The game is monotone if fn+1(rt,ab)≥fn(r,a)f_{n+1}(rt, ab) \ge f_n(r, a)fn+1​(rt,ab)≥fn​(r,a) always, and local if for every h>0h > 0h>0 only finitely many request sequences have c(r)≤hc(r) \le hc(r)≤h. The discrepancy of two request-answer sequences is

δ((r,a),(r′,a′))=f(rr′,aa′)−f(r,a)−f(r′,a′),\delta((r,a),(r',a')) = f(rr', aa') - f(r,a) - f(r',a'),δ((r,a),(r′,a′))=f(rr′,aa′)−f(r,a)−f(r′,a′),

and the diameter D(F)D(F)D(F) is the supremum of ∣δ∣|\delta|∣δ∣ over all pairs.

For a real HHH, the set RHR_HRH​ consists of the request sequences all of whose proper prefixes have off-line optimum at most HHH. Given a deterministic algorithm AHA_HAH​, the restart algorithm simulates AHA_HAH​ and, as soon as the request sequence leaves RHR_HRH​, starts over as if it had received no previous requests. This cuts every request sequence into segments r=r(1) r(2)⋯r(t)r = r(1)\, r(2) \cdots r(t)r=r(1)r(2)⋯r(t), each a longest prefix in RHR_HRH​ of what remains.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 through its construction

Let FFF be monotone and local, with finite nonempty RRR and AAA, f0≥0f_0 \ge 0f0​≥0, and diameter at most DDD. Let α(x)=d x\alpha(x) = d\,xα(x)=dx with d≥1d \ge 1d≥1, ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0, and

H=(2+ϵ)Dϵ.H = \frac{(2+\epsilon) D}{\epsilon}.H=ϵ(2+ϵ)D​.

Then RHR_HRH​ is finite; the restart algorithm depends on AHA_HAH​ only through its values on RHR_HRH​; and for every AHA_HAH​ with cAH(r)≤α(c(r))c_{A_H}(r) \le \alpha(c(r))cAH​​(r)≤α(c(r)) on RHR_HRH​,

cRestart(r)≤(1+ϵ) α(c(r))for all request sequences r.c_{\mathrm{Restart}}(r) \le (1+\epsilon)\,\alpha(c(r)) \qquad \text{for all request sequences } r.cRestart​(r)≤(1+ϵ)α(c(r))for all request sequences r.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 4.1, pp. 17–18)

  1. RHR_HRH​ is finite.
  2. The restart rule produces the greedy decomposition into longest prefixes in RHR_HRH​.
  3. The restart algorithm answers AH(r(1)),AH(r(2)),…,AH(r(t))A_H(r(1)), A_H(r(2)), \dots, A_H(r(t))AH​(r(1)),AH​(r(2)),…,AH​(r(t)).
  4. c(r(i))≥Hc(r(i)) \ge Hc(r(i))≥H for i=1,…,t−1i = 1, \dots, t-1i=1,…,t−1.
  5. c(r)≥c(r(1))+∑i=2t(c(r(i))−D(F))c(r) \ge c(r(1)) + \sum_{i=2}^{t} (c(r(i)) - D(F))c(r)≥c(r(1))+∑i=2t​(c(r(i))−D(F)).
  6. cRestart(r)≤α(c(1))+∑i=2t(α(c(i))+D(F))c_{\mathrm{Restart}}(r) \le \alpha(c(1)) + \sum_{i=2}^{t} (\alpha(c(i)) + D(F))cRestart​(r)≤α(c(1))+∑i=2t​(α(c(i))+D(F)).

Significance

Theorem 2.1 shows that, against adaptive off-line adversaries, randomization gives no advantage, but only as an existence statement. Theorem 4.1 turns it into a recipe: a deterministic algorithm need only be good on the finite set RHR_HRH​, which can be prepared in advance, and restarting extends it to all inputs at a loss of 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ. The paper illustrates this with KKK-server problems on finite graphs, where AHA_HAH​ is a finite table and each step of the resulting algorithm costs one dynamic-programming evaluation of an off-line optimum.

The restart construction is of independent use: it is a general way to turn a guarantee on bounded-cost inputs into a guarantee on all inputs when the cost is nearly additive over concatenation.

To our knowledge neither the abstract request-answer game model nor this theorem has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal model of request-answer games with the monotonicity, locality and diameter conditions, the restart algorithm as an explicit definition, and the full chain of inequalities of the proof.

Difficulty

The individual inequalities are elementary; the work lies in the bookkeeping of the construction. The algorithm is defined online, one request at a time, while the analysis is phrased through the decomposition of the whole sequence. Relating the two requires showing that the online rule produces exactly the decomposition into longest prefixes in RHR_HRH​, and that the answers produced on each segment are those of AHA_HAH​ run from scratch, so that the cost of the whole play can be compared with the costs on the segments. The constants must close exactly: with H=(2+ϵ)D/ϵH = (2+\epsilon)D/\epsilonH=(2+ϵ)D/ϵ the additive losses at the t−1t-1t−1 cuts, on both the algorithm's side and the optimum's side, must be absorbed by the factor 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ, and they do so only for ratios d≥1d \ge 1d≥1.

A tempting shortcut is to conclude Theorem 4.1 from Theorem 2.1 directly: a deterministic α\alphaα-competitive algorithm is trivially (1+ϵ)α(1+\epsilon)\alpha(1+ϵ)α-competitive when costs are nonnegative. This proves the sentence of the theorem without its point, and is ruled out below.

Formalization scope

  • Request and answer sequences are Lean Lists, oldest first; fn(r,a)f_n(r,a)fn​(r,a) is F.cost r a with r.length = a.length. Costs are real-valued (the paper allows +∞+\infty+∞; real costs are a special case).
  • The answer set is a Fintype and nonempty; in the goal the request set is a Fintype and nonempty.
  • A deterministic algorithm is one function List R → A. Competitiveness of a deterministic algorithm against adaptive off-line adversaries is stated as competitiveness on every request sequence, which is equivalent for deterministic algorithms (p. 8).
  • Finite diameter is a real bound DDD with ∣δ∣≤D|\delta| \le D∣δ∣≤D for all pairs, and every statement holds for every such DDD, in particular D=D(F)D = D(F)D=D(F); no real supremum is taken.
  • f0≥0f_0 \ge 0f0​≥0 is assumed in the goal; with monotonicity it makes every cost nonnegative. It holds in the paper's examples.
  • α(x)=d x\alpha(x) = d\,xα(x)=dx with d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 in the goal; the cost bound for the restart algorithm (milestone 6) holds for an arbitrary α\alphaα.
  • HHH is fixed to the paper's value (2+ϵ)D/ϵ(2+\epsilon)D/\epsilon(2+ϵ)D/ϵ.
  • The restart algorithm is a definition (a left fold over the requests), not a hypothesis. The paper's assumption of a randomized algorithm competitive against adaptive off-line adversaries is used only, through Theorem 2.1, to obtain AHA_HAH​; the goal quantifies over every AHA_HAH​ that is α\alphaα-competitive on RHR_HRH​. "Computable" has no precise meaning for real costs; its content is the finiteness of RHR_HRH​ together with the fact that the restart algorithm reads AHA_HAH​ only on RHR_HRH​. A formalization that proves only the existence of a deterministic (1+ϵ)α(1+\epsilon)\alpha(1+ϵ)α-competitive algorithm, without the construction, does not meet the goal.
  • Milestones 5 and 6 are stated for nonempty request sequences, so that t≥1t \ge 1t≥1; milestone 5 is stated for every decomposition into consecutive pieces.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and a connection to the other missions of this series, where the randomized model and Theorem 2.1 are formalized.

Selected references

  • S. Ben-David, A. Borodin, R. Karp, G. Tardos, A. Wigderson, On the power of randomization in on-line algorithms, Algorithmica 11 (1994). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01294260
  • M. Chrobak, H. Karloff, T. Payne, S. Vishwanathan, New results on server problems, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 4 (1991), 172–181. https://doi.org/10.1137/0404017
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Randomization in On-Line Algorithms 3: An Augmented Potential Function Yields an Explicit Deterministic α∘β-Competitive AlgorithmResearch Paper

Motivation

Competitive analysis measures an online algorithm, which must answer each request before seeing the next, against the best off-line answer to the whole request sequence. Randomized online algorithms are often much better than deterministic ones against an oblivious adversary, who fixes the requests in advance; the paging problem is the standard example. Against an adaptive adversary, who sees the algorithm's answers before choosing the next request, the advantage can disappear.

Ben-David, Borodin, Karp, Tardos and Wigderson (Algorithmica 11, 1994; preliminary version STOC 1990) made this precise in an abstract framework of request-answer games. Their Corollary 2.1 says: if a game has a randomized algorithm that is α\alphaα-competitive against adaptive on-line adversaries and one that is β\betaβ-competitive against oblivious adversaries, then it has a deterministic α∘β\alpha\circ\betaα∘β-competitive algorithm. That proof is non-constructive: it goes through a game-theoretic determinacy argument. Section 3 of the paper gives a constructive version. Most competitive analyses of randomized algorithms against adaptive adversaries are carried out with a potential function, in the style of Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator (J. Algorithms 11, 1990). The paper shows that such a potential function, together with any oblivious-competitive algorithm HHH, determines an explicit deterministic algorithm MMM, answer by answer. This mission formalizes that construction and its guarantee.

Setting

A request-answer game has a request set RRR, a finite answer set AAA and cost functions fn:Rn×An→Rf_n : R^n \times A^n \to \mathbb Rfn​:Rn×An→R. The off-line optimum of r∈Rnr \in R^nr∈Rn is c(r)=min⁡a∈Anfn(r,a)c(r) = \min_{a \in A^n} f_n(r, a)c(r)=mina∈An​fn​(r,a). A deterministic online algorithm MMM is a sequence of maps mi:Ri→Am_i : R^i \to Ami​:Ri→A; on r=(r1,…,rn)r = (r_1,\dots,r_n)r=(r1​,…,rn​) it answers M(r)=(m1(r1),m2(r1,r2),…,mn(r))M(r) = (m_1(r_1), m_2(r_1,r_2), \dots, m_n(r))M(r)=(m1​(r1​),m2​(r1​,r2​),…,mn​(r)), at cost cM(r)=fn(r,M(r))c_M(r) = f_n(r, M(r))cM​(r)=fn​(r,M(r)). It is α\alphaα-competitive if cM(r)≤α(c(r))c_M(r) \le \alpha(c(r))cM​(r)≤α(c(r)) for all rrr. Throughout, α\alphaα and β\betaβ are affine maps R→R\mathbb R \to \mathbb RR→R (the paper's "linear functions").

A randomized online algorithm HHH is a probability distribution over deterministic algorithms HyH_yHy​; it is β\betaβ-competitive against any oblivious adversary if Ey[fn(r,Hy(r))]≤β(c(r))\mathbb E_y[f_n(r, H_y(r))] \le \beta(c(r))Ey​[fn​(r,Hy​(r))]≤β(c(r)) for all rrr. The algorithm GGG analysed by the potential function is described by its next-answer laws gn+1(rrn+1,a)g_{n+1}(r r_{n+1}, a)gn+1​(rrn+1​,a) on AAA, given the requests so far, the new request and its own past answers. An adaptive on-line adversary SSS chooses each request from the algorithm's past answers and answers it itself, before the algorithm does, for at most dQd_QdQ​ rounds; a configuration after nnn rounds is (r,a,b)∈Rn×An×An(r, a, b) \in R^n \times A^n \times A^n(r,a,b)∈Rn×An×An: requests, algorithm's answers, adversary's answers.

An augmented potential function for α\alphaα and GGG (Definition 3.1) is a family Φn:Rn×An×An→R\Phi_n : R^n \times A^n \times A^n \to \mathbb RΦn​:Rn×An×An→R with (1) Φ0=0\Phi_0 = 0Φ0​=0; (2) Φn(r,a,b)≤α(fn(r,b))−fn(r,a)\Phi_n(r,a,b) \le \alpha(f_n(r,b)) - f_n(r,a)Φn​(r,a,b)≤α(fn​(r,b))−fn​(r,a) for every configuration; (3) Ean+1∼gn+1(rrn+1,a)[Φn+1(rrn+1,aan+1,bbn+1)]≥Φn(r,a,b)\mathbb E_{a_{n+1} \sim g_{n+1}(r r_{n+1}, a)}[\Phi_{n+1}(r r_{n+1}, a a_{n+1}, b b_{n+1})] \ge \Phi_n(r,a,b)Ean+1​∼gn+1​(rrn+1​,a)​[Φn+1​(rrn+1​,aan+1​,bbn+1​)]≥Φn​(r,a,b) for every configuration, every rn+1∈Rr_{n+1} \in Rrn+1​∈R and every bn+1∈Ab_{n+1} \in Abn+1​∈A.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 15)

Let Φ\PhiΦ be an augmented potential function for α\alphaα and GGG, and HHH a β\betaβ-competitive algorithm against oblivious adversaries. Say that MMM obeys the potential rule if for every r∈Rnr \in R^nr∈Rn and r′=rtr' = rtr′=rt,

Ey[Φn+1(r′,M(r) mn+1(r′),Hy(r′))] ≥ Ey[Φn(r,M(r),Hy(r))].\mathbb E_y\big[\Phi_{n+1}(r', M(r)\,m_{n+1}(r'), H_y(r'))\big] \ \ge\ \mathbb E_y\big[\Phi_n(r, M(r), H_y(r))\big].Ey​[Φn+1​(r′,M(r)mn+1​(r′),Hy​(r′))] ≥ Ey​[Φn​(r,M(r),Hy​(r))].

Then such an MMM exists, and every such MMM satisfies

cM(r)≤α(β(c(r)))for all r.c_M(r) \le \alpha\big(\beta(c(r))\big) \quad \text{for all } r .cM​(r)≤α(β(c(r)))for all r.

Both parts are part of the goal: the rule can be followed, and following it guarantees α∘β\alpha\circ\betaα∘β-competitiveness.

Milestones

  1. In every play of GGG against an adaptive on-line adversary, the expected final potential is nonnegative (proof of Lemma 3.1).
  2. Lemma 3.1, "if" direction: an augmented potential function for α\alphaα and GGG makes GGG α\alphaα-competitive against any adaptive on-line adversary, E[cG(S)]≤E[α(cS(G))]\mathbb E[c_G(S)] \le \mathbb E[\alpha(c_S(G))]E[cG​(S)]≤E[α(cS​(G))].
  3. For every rrr, ttt and every a∈Ana \in A^na∈An, some a′∈Aa' \in Aa′∈A satisfies Ey[Φn+1(rt,aa′,Hy(rt))]≥Ey[Φn(r,a,Hy(r))]\mathbb E_y[\Phi_{n+1}(rt, aa', H_y(rt))] \ge \mathbb E_y[\Phi_n(r, a, H_y(r))]Ey​[Φn+1​(rt,aa′,Hy​(rt))]≥Ey​[Φn​(r,a,Hy​(r))].
  4. If MMM obeys the rule, Ey[Φn(r,M(r),Hy(r))]≥0\mathbb E_y[\Phi_n(r, M(r), H_y(r))] \ge 0Ey​[Φn​(r,M(r),Hy​(r))]≥0 for every rrr.
  5. If MMM obeys the rule, fn(r,M(r))≤Ey[α(fn(r,Hy(r)))]f_n(r, M(r)) \le \mathbb E_y[\alpha(f_n(r, H_y(r)))]fn​(r,M(r))≤Ey​[α(fn​(r,Hy​(r)))] for every rrr: MMM is α\alphaα-competitive against the randomized adaptive adversary that serves its requests with HHH.

Significance

The theorem turns two separate analyses into one deterministic algorithm with an explicit description. The potential function certifies GGG against the strongest on-line adversary; the oblivious algorithm HHH need not be related to GGG, and the paper remarks that HHH may be GGG itself. The next answer of MMM is computable whenever the expected potential under HHH is (Corollary 3.1, stated informally in the paper), and the paper notes that for the potential functions used in the KKK-server literature this expectation is computable in time polynomial in the number of nodes and KKK. Read in this light, a potential-function proof for a randomized algorithm doubles as a deterministic algorithm.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, neither this theorem nor the abstract framework of request-answer games with adaptive adversaries has a machine-checked formalization. The mission produces that framework and a checked derandomization principle that applies to every request-answer game with real costs, not to one problem.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the existence of mn+1(r′)m_{n+1}(r')mn+1​(r′) averages property (3) of Φ\PhiΦ; the work is in seeing which configuration to apply it to. The rule compares MMM's configuration against HyH_yHy​'s answers, not against an adversary playing GGG, and the paper argues through an auxiliary on-line adversary that asks r′r'r′ and serves it with HyH_yHy​. Making this rigorous requires interchanging the expectation over HHH's coins with the finite expectation over GGG's next answer, and checking that the needed expectations are finite.

The second difficulty is the two kinds of randomness. GGG enters only through its next-answer laws, while HHH must be a single distribution over deterministic algorithms: the rule evaluates Hy(r)H_y(r)Hy​(r) and Hy(r′)H_y(r')Hy​(r′) with the same coins yyy. Replacing HHH by a behavioural description breaks the coupling between consecutive rounds.

Formalization scope

Requests and answers are Lean lists, oldest first, and fn(r,a)f_n(r,a)fn​(r,a) is F.cost r a on lists of common length; values on lists of different lengths are never used. Costs are real: the paper allows fn=+∞f_n = +\inftyfn​=+∞, so every statement here is about the real-valued games. The answer type is finite and nonempty, so the minimum c(r)c(r)c(r) exists. Affine maps are written α(x)=cx+d\alpha(x) = c x + dα(x)=cx+d. The goal additionally assumes α\alphaα nondecreasing: the last step of the paper's proof applies α\alphaα to an inequality, which needs it, and the paper's examples are positive ratios. In Lemma 3.1 and milestone 5 linearity of α\alphaα is kept as the paper's standing convention, although with α\alphaα inside the expectation the argument does not use it.

GGG is a map from (requests, own answers) to a probability mass function on AAA (behavioural form); its play against an adaptive on-line adversary is a probability mass function on final configurations, with finite support, and its expectations are finite sums. HHH is a probability measure on a coin space with a deterministic algorithm per coin, each answer measurable in the coins; expectations over HHH are Bochner integrals of functions with finitely many values. α\alphaα stays inside expectations, as in the paper's definition of competitiveness against adaptive adversaries. Adversaries stop by returning none and have a uniform depth bound.

The goal cannot be satisfied vacuously: it states the existence of an algorithm obeying the rule alongside the guarantee for every such algorithm, and Definition 3.1 is required at every configuration, not only at reachable ones.

Not formalized: the "only if" direction of Lemma 3.1, which the paper only sketches, and Corollary 3.1, whose notion of computability the paper leaves unspecified. The definitions of request-answer games, online algorithms, adversaries and competitiveness are reusable for the other missions of this paper and for any problem-specific competitive analysis. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and a lemma relating the mixed and behavioural forms of a randomized algorithm.

Selected references

  • S. Ben-David, A. Borodin, R. Karp, G. Tardos, A. Wigderson, On the power of randomization in on-line algorithms, Algorithmica 11 (1994), 2–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01294260
  • M. Manasse, L. McGeoch, D. Sleator, Competitive algorithms for server problems, Journal of Algorithms 11 (1990), 208–230. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(90)90003-W
  • D. Sleator, R. Tarjan, Amortized efficiency of list update and paging rules, Communications of the ACM 28 (1985), 202–208. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • A. Borodin, R. El-Yaniv, Online Computation and Competitive Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1998. ISBN 0-521-56392-5
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance II: An O(n²) Extended Formulation of the Multiclass M/M/1 Performance PolymatroidResearch Paper

Motivation

A single server shared by several classes of customers is the basic model of scheduling under uncertainty: jobs of different types arrive at random, need random amounts of work, and a scheduler decides at every moment which type to serve. A classical way to optimize such a system, the achievable region approach, describes the set of all performance vectors that some scheduling policy can attain, and optimizes a linear cost over that set with linear programming. For the multiclass M/M/1 queue under preemptive, work-conserving scheduling, this set is a polyhedron described by conservation laws (Coffman and Mitrani, 1980; Gelenbe and Mitrani, 1980; Shanthikumar and Yao, 1992): it is the base of a polymatroid, its vertices are the performance vectors of the n!n!n! strict priority rules, and minimizing a linear cost over it is solved greedily, which recovers the cμc\mucμ rule.

That description uses one inequality for every nonempty set of classes, 2n−12^n-12n−1 constraints in all. Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis (working paper 1992, Annals of Applied Probability 1994) derived performance bounds for general multiclass networks from quadratic potential functions. Specialized to one station, their nonparametric method produces a different polyhedron, in O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) variables with O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) constraints, and they show that its projection is exactly the conservation-law polyhedron (Theorem 8.4). The paper remarks that this confirms, for this polymatroid, the belief that problems solvable in polynomial time admit polynomial-size formulations.

Setting

There are nnn customer classes E={1,…,n}E=\{1,\dots,n\}E={1,…,n}. Class iii has arrival rate λi>0\lambda_i>0λi​>0 and service rate μi>0\mu_i>0μi​>0; its traffic intensity is ρi=λi/μi\rho_i=\lambda_i/\mu_iρi​=λi​/μi​, and the queue is stable: ∑i∈Eρi<1\sum_{i\in E}\rho_i<1∑i∈E​ρi​<1. For S⊆ES\subseteq ES⊆E define

b(S)=∑i∈Sρi/μi1−∑i∈Sρi,b(∅)=0.b(S)=\frac{\sum_{i\in S}\rho_i/\mu_i}{1-\sum_{i\in S}\rho_i},\qquad b(\emptyset)=0 .b(S)=1−∑i∈S​ρi​∑i∈S​ρi​/μi​​,b(∅)=0.

In the queue, nin_ini​ is the steady-state mean number of class iii customers and ni/μin_i/\mu_ini​/μi​ their mean remaining work; b(S)b(S)b(S) is the mean work of the classes in SSS when those classes have preemptive priority over the rest.

The performance polymatroid P1 (Theorem 8.3) is the set of (ni)∈R+n(n_i)\in\mathbb R_+^n(ni​)∈R+n​ with

∑i∈Sniμi≥b(S)(S⊂E),∑i∈Eniμi=b(E).\sum_{i\in S}\frac{n_i}{\mu_i}\ge b(S)\quad (S\subset E),\qquad \sum_{i\in E}\frac{n_i}{\mu_i}=b(E).i∈S∑​μi​ni​​≥b(S)(S⊂E),i∈E∑​μi​ni​​=b(E).

For a permutation π=(π1,…,πn)\pi=(\pi_1,\dots,\pi_n)π=(π1​,…,πn​) of EEE, the vector v(π)v(\pi)v(π) is the solution of the triangular system ∑j=1kxπj/μπj=b({π1,…,πk})\sum_{j=1}^{k}x_{\pi_j}/\mu_{\pi_j}=b(\{\pi_1,\dots,\pi_k\})∑j=1k​xπj​​/μπj​​=b({π1​,…,πk​}), k=1,…,nk=1,\dots,nk=1,…,n (Eq. (58) with fiS=1/μif_i^S=1/\mu_ifiS​=1/μi​).

The extended formulation P2 (Theorem 8.4) is the set of nonnegative (ni)i∈E(n_i)_{i\in E}(ni​)i∈E​ and (Iij)i,j∈E(I_{ij})_{i,j\in E}(Iij​)i,j∈E​ satisfying

μiIii−λini=λi,μiIij+μjIji−λjni−λinj=0 (i≠j),∑i∈EIij=nj.\mu_iI_{ii}-\lambda_in_i=\lambda_i,\qquad \mu_iI_{ij}+\mu_jI_{ji}-\lambda_jn_i-\lambda_in_j=0\ (i\neq j),\qquad \sum_{i\in E}I_{ij}=n_j .μi​Iii​−λi​ni​=λi​,μi​Iij​+μj​Iji​−λj​ni​−λi​nj​=0 (i=j),i∈E∑​Iij​=nj​.

In the queue, IijI_{ij}Iij​ is the steady-state mean of the number of class jjj customers on the event that the server is busy with class iii. The projection P2′\mathrm{P2}'P2′ of P2 is the set of (ni)(n_i)(ni​) for which some (Iij)(I_{ij})(Iij​) makes ((ni),(Iij))((n_i),(I_{ij}))((ni​),(Iij​)) a point of P2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.4

P2′=P1.\mathrm{P2}'=\mathrm{P1}.P2′=P1.

Both inclusions are part of the goal. The statement fixes no constants and holds for every nnn, every positive rate vector and every stable load.

Milestones

  1. §8.2, proof of Theorem 8.3. The extreme points of P1 are exactly the vectors v(π)v(\pi)v(π), and P1 is their convex hull:
ext⁡P1={v(π)},P1=conv⁡{v(π)}.\operatorname{ext}\mathrm{P1}=\{v(\pi)\},\qquad \mathrm{P1}=\operatorname{conv}\{v(\pi)\}.extP1={v(π)},P1=conv{v(π)}.
  1. §8.2, proof of Theorem 8.4. The easy inclusion, which the paper obtains from its Theorem 4.4:
P2′⊆P1.\mathrm{P2}'\subseteq\mathrm{P1}.P2′⊆P1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8.4 replaces 2n−12^n-12n−1 constraints by O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) constraints in O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) variables without changing the projected set. Any linear program over the M/M/1 performance region, including problems with side constraints where the greedy cμc\mucμ rule no longer applies, can then be solved with a polynomial-size LP. It also identifies the paper's nonparametric method as exact at a single station: the method loses nothing there, which is the baseline against which its gaps in networks are measured.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, but the reverse inclusion P1⊆P2′\mathrm{P1}\subseteq\mathrm{P2}'P1⊆P2′ is argued through achievability: every point of P1 is the performance of some (randomized) policy, and every policy's performance satisfies the equations of P2. That argument rests on stochastic objects (invariant distributions under arbitrary policies, and time-0 randomizations over priority rules) that the paper does not define precisely. The paper points to a purely combinatorial derivation in Paschalidis' thesis, which we have not seen. A machine-checked proof of the polyhedral identity is therefore new content: it supplies the deterministic argument the paper delegates. The polymatroid structure of P1 (Milestone 1) is classical for supermodular set functions; this mission requires it for this specific bbb. We know of no formalization of either result.

Difficulty

The inclusion P2′⊆P1\mathrm{P2}'\subseteq\mathrm{P1}P2′⊆P1 only combines the equations of P2 with nonnegativity. The reverse inclusion is the hard half: for each point of P1 one must exhibit a nonnegative matrix (Iij)(I_{ij})(Iij​) satisfying n2n^2n2 linear equations, and the inequalities of P1 say nothing directly about the off-diagonal entries IijI_{ij}Iij​. The paper's own argument does not help here, since it produces III as a steady-state expectation under a scheduling policy, an object defined through a Markov chain and given in no closed form. The sign constraints Iij≥0I_{ij}\ge0Iij​≥0 are where the 2n−12^n-12n−1 inequalities of P1 are encoded, and a proof has to explain how O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) sign conditions on auxiliary variables carry exactly the information of exponentially many inequalities in the original ones.

Formalization scope

Classes are Fin n; rates are real functions lam mu : Fin n → ℝ with 0 < lam i, 0 < mu i and ∑ i, lam i / mu i < 1. The paper's nin_ini​ is written x i, because n is the number of classes. A point of P2 is a pair (x, I) with I i j =Iij=I_{ij}=Iij​, including the diagonal entries. P1 is the platform definition AllocationIndices.achievablePolytope with the matrix AiS=1/μiA^S_i=1/\mu_iAiS​=1/μi​: inequality for every S≠ES\neq ES=E, equality at S=ES=ES=E, nonnegativity. The paper writes NNN for the class set EEE in (65) and (71); every such sum runs over all classes. The constraints (64)–(65) bound ni/μin_i/\mu_ini​/μi​, not nin_ini​. v(π)v(\pi)v(π) is given by its closed form, v(π)πk=μπk(b({π1,…,πk})−b({π1,…,πk−1}))v(\pi)_{\pi_k}=\mu_{\pi_k}\bigl(b(\{\pi_1,\dots,\pi_k\})-b(\{\pi_1,\dots,\pi_{k-1}\})\bigr)v(π)πk​​=μπk​​(b({π1​,…,πk​})−b({π1​,…,πk−1​})), which solves (58). The standing hypothesis λi>0\lambda_i>0λi​>0 is presupposed by the model (Poisson arrivals at rate λi\lambda_iλi​); the load condition is the paper's stability condition and keeps every denominator of bbb positive.

No statement involves a policy, a Markov chain or an expectation; the queueing meaning above is motivation only. In particular, neither "P1 is the achievable region" nor "the performance vector of each priority rule is achievable" is formalized. The goal is the full set identity: stating only P2′⊆P1\mathrm{P2}'\subseteq\mathrm{P1}P2′⊆P1, or assuming P1=conv⁡{v(π)}\mathrm{P1}=\operatorname{conv}\{v(\pi)\}P1=conv{v(π)} as a hypothesis of the goal, would not be Theorem 8.4.

A complete development needs: supermodularity of bbb under the load condition; the greedy (Edmonds) description of base polytopes of supermodular functions, which is reusable well beyond this mission; and a nonnegative solution of the P2 system at each v(π)v(\pi)v(π). Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, I. Ch. Paschalidis, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance, MIT Sloan School WP #3509-92-MSA, 1992; Annals of Applied Probability 4(1):43–75, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005200
  • E. G. Coffman, I. Mitrani, A characterization of waiting time performance realizable by single-server queues, Operations Research 28(3):810–821, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.28.3.810
  • J. G. Shanthikumar, D. D. Yao, Multiclass queueing systems: polymatroidal structure and optimal scheduling control, Operations Research 40(S2):S293–S299, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.40.3.S293
  • D. Bertsimas, J. Niño-Mora, Conservation laws, extended polymatroids and multiarmed bandit problems; a polyhedral approach to indexable systems, Mathematics of Operations Research 21(2):257–306, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.21.2.257
  • J. Edmonds, Submodular functions, matroids, and certain polyhedra, in Combinatorial Structures and Their Applications, Gordon and Breach, 1970, pp. 69–87.
5 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization 3: Fractional Double Greedy on the Multilinear Extension Achieves 1/2 of the OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Unconstrained submodular maximization (USM) asks for a subset SSS of a finite ground set N\mathcal NN maximizing a nonnegative submodular function fff. It contains Max-Cut, Max-DiCut and maximum facility location as special cases, and it is the basic subproblem of many constrained submodular maximization algorithms. Because fff is given only through a value oracle, the question is how close to the optimum a polynomial number of queries can get.

Timeline of the approximation ratio for USM in the value oracle model:

  • Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák (FOCS 2007; SIAM J. Comput. 2011) showed that a uniformly random set achieves 1/41/41/4, local search achieves 1/31/31/3 and 2/52/52/5, and that no algorithm making polynomially many queries achieves 1/2+ε1/2 + \varepsilon1/2+ε for any fixed ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0.
  • Oveis Gharan and Vondrák (SODA 2011) reached 0.410.410.41 by simulated annealing; Feldman, Naor and Schwartz (ICALP 2011) reached 0.420.420.42.
  • Buchbinder, Feldman, Naor and Schwartz (FOCS 2012) closed the gap with the double greedy algorithms: a deterministic 1/31/31/3-approximation and a randomized 1/21/21/2-approximation, both linear in the number of oracle calls. Their Appendix A gives a third, fractional variant, which is the subject of this mission.

This is the third mission on the FOCS 2012 paper; the first two treat the deterministic and the randomized double greedy on sets.

Setting

Let N\mathcal NN be a finite ground set with nnn elements and f:2N→R≥0f : 2^{\mathcal N} \to \mathbb R_{\ge 0}f:2N→R≥0​. The function fff is submodular if

f(A)+f(B)≥f(A∪B)+f(A∩B)for all A,B⊆N.f(A) + f(B) \ge f(A \cup B) + f(A \cap B) \qquad \text{for all } A, B \subseteq \mathcal N .f(A)+f(B)≥f(A∪B)+f(A∩B)for all A,B⊆N.

Write f(OPT)=max⁡S⊆Nf(S)f(OPT) = \max_{S \subseteq \mathcal N} f(S)f(OPT)=maxS⊆N​f(S) and let OPTOPTOPT be a maximizing set.

The multilinear extension of fff is the function on vectors x∈[0,1]Nx \in [0,1]^{\mathcal N}x∈[0,1]N

F(x)=∑S⊆Nf(S)∏u∈Sxu∏u∉S(1−xu)=E[f(R(x))],F(x) = \sum_{S \subseteq \mathcal N} f(S) \prod_{u \in S} x_u \prod_{u \notin S} (1 - x_u) = \mathbb E\bigl[f(R(x))\bigr],F(x)=S⊆N∑​f(S)u∈S∏​xu​u∈/S∏​(1−xu​)=E[f(R(x))],

where the random set R(x)R(x)R(x) contains each element uuu independently with probability xux_uxu​. A set is identified with its characteristic vector, so FFF agrees with fff on {0,1}N\{0,1\}^{\mathcal N}{0,1}N, and {u}\{u\}{u} also denotes the unit vector at uuu. For vectors, x∨yx \vee yx∨y and x∧yx \wedge yx∧y are the coordinate-wise maximum and minimum.

Algorithm 4 (MultilinearUSM). Fix an arbitrary order u1,…,unu_1, \dots, u_nu1​,…,un​ of N\mathcal NN and start from x0=∅x_0 = \emptysetx0​=∅ and y0=Ny_0 = \mathcal Ny0​=N (the vectors 0\mathbf 00 and 1\mathbf 11). In iteration i=1,…,ni = 1, \dots, ni=1,…,n compute

ai=F(xi−1+{ui})−F(xi−1),bi=F(yi−1−{ui})−F(yi−1),a_i = F(x_{i-1} + \{u_i\}) - F(x_{i-1}), \qquad b_i = F(y_{i-1} - \{u_i\}) - F(y_{i-1}),ai​=F(xi−1​+{ui​})−F(xi−1​),bi​=F(yi−1​−{ui​})−F(yi−1​),

set ai′=max⁡{ai,0}a_i' = \max\{a_i, 0\}ai′​=max{ai​,0}, bi′=max⁡{bi,0}b_i' = \max\{b_i, 0\}bi′​=max{bi​,0}, and update

xi=xi−1+ai′ai′+bi′{ui},yi=yi−1−bi′ai′+bi′{ui},x_i = x_{i-1} + \frac{a_i'}{a_i' + b_i'} \{u_i\}, \qquad y_i = y_{i-1} - \frac{b_i'}{a_i' + b_i'} \{u_i\},xi​=xi−1​+ai′​+bi′​ai′​​{ui​},yi​=yi−1​−ai′​+bi′​bi′​​{ui​},

with the convention that the two fractions are 111 and 000 when ai′=bi′=0a_i' = b_i' = 0ai′​=bi′​=0. The output is the random set R(xn)R(x_n)R(xn​). Every choice before the output is deterministic; the algorithm queries FFF at four points per element.

For the analysis, OPTi=(OPT∨xi)∧yiOPT_i = (OPT \vee x_i) \wedge y_iOPTi​=(OPT∨xi​)∧yi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem A.1, oracle-access clause

For every nonnegative submodular fff and every order of the ground set,

xn=ynandf(OPT)≤2 F(xn)=2 E[f(R(xn))].x_n = y_n \qquad\text{and}\qquad f(OPT) \le 2\,F(x_n) = 2\,\mathbb E\bigl[f(R(x_n))\bigr].xn​=yn​andf(OPT)≤2F(xn​)=2E[f(R(xn​))].

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. ai+bi≥0a_i + b_i \ge 0ai​+bi​≥0 at every iteration (proof of Lemma A.2; the page cites Lemma II.1).
  2. Endpoints: OPT0=OPTOPT_0 = OPTOPT0​=OPT with F(OPT)=f(OPT)F(OPT) = f(OPT)F(OPT)=f(OPT), and OPTn=xn=ynOPT_n = x_n = y_nOPTn​=xn​=yn​.
  3. (4) and (5): if ai≥0a_i \ge 0ai​≥0 and bi>0b_i > 0bi​>0, then F(xi)−F(xi−1)=ai2/(ai+bi)F(x_i) - F(x_{i-1}) = a_i^2/(a_i+b_i)F(xi​)−F(xi−1​)=ai2​/(ai​+bi​) and F(yi)−F(yi−1)=bi2/(ai+bi)F(y_i) - F(y_{i-1}) = b_i^2/(a_i+b_i)F(yi​)−F(yi−1​)=bi2​/(ai​+bi​).
  4. (6): in the same case, F(OPTi−1)−F(OPTi)≤aibi/(ai+bi)F(OPT_{i-1}) - F(OPT_i) \le a_i b_i/(a_i + b_i)F(OPTi−1​)−F(OPTi​)≤ai​bi​/(ai​+bi​), whether or not ui∈OPTu_i \in OPTui​∈OPT.
  5. Lemma A.2: for every 1≤i≤n1 \le i \le n1≤i≤n,
F(OPTi−1)−F(OPTi)≤12[F(xi)−F(xi−1)+F(yi)−F(yi−1)].F(OPT_{i-1}) - F(OPT_i) \le \tfrac12\bigl[F(x_i) - F(x_{i-1}) + F(y_i) - F(y_{i-1})\bigr].F(OPTi−1​)−F(OPTi​)≤21​[F(xi​)−F(xi−1​)+F(yi​)−F(yi−1​)].
  1. Telescoped display: F(OPT0)−F(OPTn)≤12[F(xn)−F(x0)]+12[F(yn)−F(y0)]≤12(F(xn)+F(yn))F(OPT_0) - F(OPT_n) \le \tfrac12[F(x_n) - F(x_0)] + \tfrac12[F(y_n) - F(y_0)] \le \tfrac12(F(x_n) + F(y_n))F(OPT0​)−F(OPTn​)≤21​[F(xn​)−F(x0​)]+21​[F(yn​)−F(y0​)]≤21​(F(xn​)+F(yn​)).

Significance

The result. Theorem A.1 shows that the double greedy analysis survives a change of domain: the factor 1/21/21/2 is obtained by a procedure that never flips a coin until the end, and whose state is a pair of fractional points. The ratio matches the Feige–Mirrokni–Vondrák hardness bound, so it cannot be improved in the value oracle model. Its output is a fractional point together with an independent rounding, which separates the optimization from the rounding step.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of a double greedy guarantee is known. A complete development yields reusable facts about the multilinear extension of a submodular function on a finite type: FFF is affine in each coordinate, its coordinate increments are antitone in the other coordinates on [0,1]N[0,1]^{\mathcal N}[0,1]N, and FFF restricted to characteristic vectors is fff. These are the standard tools of every continuous-relaxation argument for submodular maximization.

Difficulty

The proof on the page is short, but it relies on two facts it does not prove. First, the page justifies ai+bi≥0a_i + b_i \ge 0ai​+bi​≥0 "by Lemma II.1", which is a statement about sets; for vectors it requires that the increment of FFF along a coordinate decreases as the other coordinates increase, a property of the multilinear extension of a submodular function that must be derived from the sum defining FFF. Second, inequality (6) is written out only for ui∉OPTu_i \notin OPTui​∈/OPT, and Case 2 of Lemma A.2 is omitted as analogous; the formal statements cover all cases. The main technical work is the bookkeeping of the run: that each coordinate is touched once, that xi−1(ui)=0x_{i-1}(u_i) = 0xi−1​(ui​)=0 and yi−1(ui)=1y_{i-1}(u_i) = 1yi−1​(ui​)=1 when it is touched, that xi≤OPTi≤yix_i \le OPT_i \le y_ixi​≤OPTi​≤yi​, and that every state stays in [0,1]N[0,1]^{\mathcal N}[0,1]N, where the antitonicity applies.

Formalization scope

  • The ground set is a Fintype XXX with decidable equality; sets are Finset X; fff is real-valued, with nonnegativity a hypothesis ∀ S, 0 ≤ f S wherever the page uses it (the goal and the telescoped display). Submodularity is the published NonmonotoneSubmod.Shared.Submodular, the lattice form f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)f(S \cup T) + f(S \cap T) \le f(S) + f(T)f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T); f(OPT)f(OPT)f(OPT) is the published NonmonotoneSubmod.Shared.OPT; FFF is the published NonmonotoneSubmod.Shared.F, the sum above, defined for every x:X→Rx : X \to \mathbb Rx:X→R.
  • The order u1,…,unu_1, \dots, u_nu1​,…,un​ is a duplicate-free list containing every element; uiu_iui​ is the entry at index i−1i-1i−1, and nnn is the list's length. The state after iii iterations is obtained by folding one step over the first iii entries from (0,1)(\mathbf 0, \mathbf 1)(0,1). Statements hold for every such order.
  • The footnote's convention ai′/(ai′+bi′)=1a_i'/(a_i'+b_i') = 1ai′​/(ai′​+bi′​)=1, bi′/(ai′+bi′)=0b_i'/(a_i'+b_i') = 0bi′​/(ai′​+bi′​)=0 when ai′=bi′=0a_i' = b_i' = 0ai′​=bi′​=0 is an explicit case split; with Lean's 0/0=00/0 = 00/0=0 it would otherwise be reversed and the run would no longer end with xn=ynx_n = y_nxn​=yn​.
  • Corrected slips of the page: lines 3–4 of Algorithm 4 assign ai′,bi′a_i', b_i'ai′​,bi′​ but define ai,bia_i, b_iai​,bi​; "f:N→R+f : \mathcal N \to \mathbb R^+f:N→R+" means f:2N→R+f : 2^{\mathcal N} \to \mathbb R^+f:2N→R+; "F(x)≜E[R(x)]F(x) \triangleq \mathbb E[R(x)]F(x)≜E[R(x)]" means E[f(R(x))]\mathbb E[f(R(x))]E[f(R(x))]; "NSM" in Theorem A.1 means USM. The main text's one-line definition of submodularity, read literally, forces monotonicity; the footnote's lattice form is used.
  • Not formalized: the sampling clause of Theorem A.1 (ratio (1/2)−o(1)(1/2) - o(1)(1/2)−o(1) without oracle access to FFF, whose proof the paper refers to Calinescu, Chekuri, Pál and Vondrák) and the running time. The guarantee is stated for the algorithm as printed, so the trivial existence of a 1/21/21/2-approximation by exhaustive search does not satisfy it. A statement in which xnx_nxn​ is an arbitrary point, or the state any process with xi≤yix_i \le y_ixi​≤yi​, would not be this theorem.
  • Contributions welcome: the multilinear-extension facts above as general lemmas, the run invariants, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • N. Buchbinder, M. Feldman, J. Naor, R. Schwartz, A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization, FOCS 2012, 649–658. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2012.73 (journal version: SIAM J. Comput. 44(5), 2015, https://doi.org/10.1137/130929205; its numbering differs and is not used here).
  • U. Feige, V. S. Mirrokni, J. Vondrák, Maximizing Non-monotone Submodular Functions, SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011, 1133–1153. https://doi.org/10.1137/090779346
  • S. Oveis Gharan, J. Vondrák, Submodular Maximization by Simulated Annealing, SODA 2011, 1098–1117. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973082.83
  • M. Feldman, J. Naor, R. Schwartz, Nonmonotone Submodular Maximization via a Structural Continuous Greedy Algorithm, ICALP 2011, 342–353. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-22006-7_29
  • G. Calinescu, C. Chekuri, M. Pál, J. Vondrák, Maximizing a Monotone Submodular Function Subject to a Matroid Constraint, SIAM J. Comput. 40(6), 2011, 1740–1766. https://doi.org/10.1137/080733991
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Randomization in On-Line Algorithms 1: α-Competitiveness Against Adaptive On-Line and β Against Oblivious Adversaries Give a Deterministic α∘β-Competitive AlgorithmResearch Paper

Why randomization matters in online algorithms

An online algorithm must answer each request before it sees the next one. Its performance is compared with an optimum that may choose all its answers after seeing the complete request string. Randomization can improve an online algorithm's guarantee when the request string is fixed in advance. The comparison changes when an adversary chooses later requests after seeing the algorithm's earlier answers. Ben-David, Borodin, Karp, Tardos and Wigderson studied these choices of adversary in a common request-answer model and proved a general relation between their competitive guarantees (Ben-David et al., 1994, manuscript §§2–3).

The paper distinguishes three adversaries. An oblivious adversary fixes the request string before the algorithm's random choices affect any answer. An adaptive off-line adversary chooses the next request from previous answers but serves the resulting request string optimally after the play. An adaptive on-line adversary also chooses its own answer as each request arrives. The ability to react to answers makes the latter two adversaries materially different from the oblivious one for randomized algorithms (Ben-David et al., 1994, manuscript pp. 7–9).

Request-answer games and competitive cost

A request-answer game has a request set RRR, a finite nonempty answer set AAA, and a real cost fn(r,a)f_n(r,a)fn​(r,a) for a request string r∈Rnr\in R^nr∈Rn and an answer string a∈Ana\in A^na∈An. The off-line optimum for rrr is c(r)=min⁡a∈Anfn(r,a)c(r)=\min_{a\in A^n}f_n(r,a)c(r)=mina∈An​fn​(r,a). A deterministic online algorithm DDD returns its iiith answer from the first iii requests alone; it has no access to the rest of rrr or to the eventual stopping time. Its cost on rrr is cD(r)=fn(r,D(r))c_D(r)=f_n(r,D(r))cD​(r)=fn​(r,D(r)).

A randomized online algorithm is a distribution over deterministic online algorithms. With coins ω\omegaω, write GωG_\omegaGω​ for the resulting deterministic algorithm. For a fixed request string rrr, GGG is β\betaβ-competitive against oblivious adversaries when Eω[cGω(r)]≤β(c(r))\mathbb E_\omega[c_{G_\omega}(r)]\leq\beta(c(r))Eω​[cGω​​(r)]≤β(c(r)). The paper calls a transformation “linear” when it has the affine form x↦ux+vx\mapsto ux+vx↦ux+v (Ben-David et al., 1994, manuscript p. 7).

An adaptive off-line adversary QQQ has a rule from prior answer strings to either the next request or a stop signal, together with a common finite upper bound on play length. Let r(Gω,Q)r(G_\omega,Q)r(Gω​,Q) denote its request string and cQ(Gω)=c(r(Gω,Q))c_Q(G_\omega)=c(r(G_\omega,Q))cQ​(Gω​)=c(r(Gω​,Q)). Its competitiveness condition places the transformation inside the expectation: Eω[cGω(Q)]≤Eω[α(cQ(Gω))]\mathbb E_\omega[c_{G_\omega}(Q)]\leq\mathbb E_\omega[\alpha(c_Q(G_\omega))]Eω​[cGω​​(Q)]≤Eω​[α(cQ​(Gω​))]. An adaptive on-line adversary SSS has the same request rule and an additional answer rule; its own cost is cS(Gω)c_S(G_\omega)cS​(Gω​), and the corresponding condition uses Eω[α(cS(Gω))]\mathbb E_\omega[\alpha(c_S(G_\omega))]Eω​[α(cS​(Gω​))] on the right (Ben-David et al., 1994, manuscript pp. 8–9).

Formalization targets

Randomization against adaptive off-line adversaries

The first target is Theorem 2.1: if some randomized algorithm is α\alphaα-competitive against every adaptive off-line adversary, a deterministic algorithm has that same guarantee on every request string:

∃G  ∀Q,E[cG(Q)]≤E[α(cQ(G))]⟹∃D  ∀r,cD(r)≤α(c(r)).\exists G\;\forall Q,\quad \mathbb E[c_G(Q)]\leq\mathbb E[\alpha(c_Q(G))]\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\exists D\;\forall r,\quad c_D(r)\leq\alpha(c(r)).∃G∀Q,E[cG​(Q)]≤E[α(cQ​(G))]⟹∃D∀r,cD​(r)≤α(c(r)).

Composition of two guarantees

Theorem 2.2 takes an α\alphaα guarantee for GGG against adaptive on-line adversaries and a β\betaβ guarantee for another randomized algorithm against oblivious adversaries. It concludes that GGG has the composed guarantee against adaptive off-line adversaries:

E[cG(Q)]≤E[(α∘β)(cQ(G))]for every Q.\mathbb E[c_G(Q)]\leq\mathbb E[(\alpha\circ\beta)(c_Q(G))]\qquad\text{for every }Q.E[cG​(Q)]≤E[(α∘β)(cQ​(G))]for every Q.

The mission goal is Corollary 2.1, the deterministic consequence of these two results:

∃D  ∀r,cD(r)≤(α∘β)(c(r)).\exists D\;\forall r,\qquad c_D(r)\leq(\alpha\circ\beta)(c(r)).∃D∀r,cD​(r)≤(α∘β)(c(r)).

The milestones follow the paper's two theorems and the stated claims in their proofs, including the finite-horizon winning-position formulation and the adversary that simulates a fixed online algorithm (Ben-David et al., 1994, manuscript pp. 9–13).

What the result supplies

The corollary turns the existence of two randomized guarantees under different information rules into the existence of a deterministic online strategy with an explicit composed cost transformation. It is an existence result: it does not say that the deterministic strategy can be computed efficiently from the randomized algorithms. The paper itself notes that such a construction is unavailable in full generality and then examines settings where constructive versions are possible (Ben-David et al., 1994, manuscript p. 13).

The mathematical results were proved in the 1994 paper; this mission asks for machine-checked Lean proofs of the abstract model, the intermediate claims, and Corollary 2.1. The local draft currently contains compiled statements with proof placeholders, so it does not yet provide checked proofs. A completed development would make the adversary distinctions and the exact placement of expectations available for reuse in later online-algorithm formalizations.

Why the proof is difficult

The apparent shortcut is to treat an adaptive request sequence as fixed and apply a guarantee against oblivious adversaries directly. That loses the dependence of later requests on the algorithm's earlier answers. For Theorem 2.1, a winning request strategy must have one finite horizon that works for every answer path; separate finite horizons for each branch do not suffice when the answer set is infinite. For Theorem 2.2, the simulated adversary must make its own answers before the algorithm answers the current request, while still matching a fixed online benchmark along every resulting play. The expectation inequalities must remain valid when the request string itself depends on the algorithm's coins (Ben-David et al., 1994, manuscript pp. 9–11).

Formalization scope

Lean represents requests and answers as oldest-first lists. List index zero is request one in the paper. The general game is a separate definition; the algorithm, adversary, and competitiveness definitions build on it. An off-line adversary's rule returns Option R, where none is the stop signal, and has a uniform finite depth bound. A randomized algorithm consists of a coin probability space and a deterministic prefix algorithm for each coin; its answer events are measurable. Finiteness of AAA and bounded play depth make the cost of each fixed adversarial play take finitely many values, so its real expectation is an ordinary integrable expectation.

The formal game uses real-valued costs, a deliberate restriction of the paper's R∪{∞}\mathbb R\cup\{\infty\}R∪{∞} costs. The answer set is finite and nonempty, while the request set may be infinite. The transformations α\alphaα and β\betaβ are affine. Theorem 2.2 and the goal assume α\alphaα is monotone: the paper applies α\alphaα to an inequality in its proof, and its competitive-ratio examples have positive slope. Theorem 2.1 does not need this added assumption. The two randomized algorithms may have different coin spaces, each an arbitrary Lean type at the declaration's universe level. The off-line and on-line adaptive comparisons retain α\alphaα inside the expectation.

The target ranges over every equal-length request and answer play generated by these rules, including an adversary that stops without a request. It does not allow the deterministic algorithm to see future requests or choose a different policy for each adversary. Reusable contributions include the game interface, bounded adaptive plays, measurable randomized algorithms, and finite-horizon winning positions. The statements of all three principal results, their intervening claims, and proofs of those statements are within scope.

Selected references

  • S. Ben-David, A. Borodin, R. Karp, G. Tardos and A. Wigderson, On the Power of Randomization in On-Line Algorithms, Algorithmica 11, 1994. DOI: 10.1007/BF01294260. The local source is the authors' 20-page manuscript; citations above use its page numbers.
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Randomization in On-Line Algorithms 2: The Bound α∘β Against Adaptive Off-Line Adversaries Is TightResearch Paper

Motivation

An on-line algorithm must answer each request as it arrives, without knowing the requests to come; paging, caching, the kkk-server problem and metrical task systems are standard examples. Its quality is measured by competitive analysis: its cost is compared with the cost of an optimal off-line solution that knows the whole request sequence. For randomized on-line algorithms the comparison depends on how much the adversary producing the requests is allowed to see. Ben-David, Borodin, Karp, Tardos and Wigderson (Algorithmica 11, 1994; conference version STOC 1990) introduced the three standard adversaries — oblivious, adaptive on-line and adaptive off-line — and related the competitive ratios achievable against each.

Their Theorem 2.2 (manuscript p. 10) shows that if a randomized algorithm is α\alphaα-competitive against adaptive on-line adversaries and some randomized algorithm is β\betaβ-competitive against oblivious adversaries, then the first algorithm is αβ\alpha\betaαβ-competitive against adaptive off-line adversaries. This mission formalizes the paper's claim (manuscript p. 11) that this product bound cannot be improved in general, together with the explicit construction on pp. 12–13 that proves it.

Setting

A request-answer game consists of a request set RRR, a finite answer set AAA, and cost functions fn:Rn×An→Rf_n : R^n \times A^n \to \mathbb Rfn​:Rn×An→R. For a request sequence r‾∈Rn\underline r \in R^nr​∈Rn, the off-line optimum is c(r‾)=min⁡a‾∈Anfn(r‾,a‾)c(\underline r) = \min_{\underline a \in A^n} f_n(\underline r, \underline a)c(r​)=mina​∈An​fn​(r​,a​). A deterministic on-line algorithm GGG answers the iii-th request with ai=gi(r1,…,ri)a_i = g_i(r_1, \dots, r_i)ai​=gi​(r1​,…,ri​); a randomized one is a probability distribution over deterministic algorithms GxG_xGx​, xxx being the coin tosses.

An adaptive off-line adversary QQQ chooses each request ri+1=qi(a1,…,ai)r_{i+1} = q_i(a_1, \dots, a_i)ri+1​=qi​(a1​,…,ai​) from the answers given so far, stops after at most dQd_QdQ​ requests, and pays the off-line optimum cQ(G)=c(r‾)c_Q(G) = c(\underline r)cQ​(G)=c(r​) of the requests it made; the algorithm pays cG(Q)=fn(r‾,a‾)c_G(Q) = f_n(\underline r, \underline a)cG​(Q)=fn​(r​,a​). An adaptive on-line adversary SSS must in addition answer each request itself, before the algorithm does, with bi+1=pi(a1,…,ai)b_{i+1} = p_i(a_1, \dots, a_i)bi+1​=pi​(a1​,…,ai​), and pays cS(G)=fn(r‾,b‾)c_S(G) = f_n(\underline r, \underline b)cS​(G)=fn​(r​,b​). An oblivious adversary fixes r‾\underline rr​ in advance and pays c(r‾)c(\underline r)c(r​). A randomized GGG is α\alphaα-competitive against oblivious adversaries if Ex[cGx(r‾)]≤α c(r‾)\mathbb E_x[c_{G_x}(\underline r)] \le \alpha\, c(\underline r)Ex​[cGx​​(r​)]≤αc(r​) for all r‾\underline rr​, and against adaptive on-line adversaries if Ex[cGx(S)]≤Ex[α cS(Gx)]\mathbb E_x[c_{G_x}(S)] \le \mathbb E_x[\alpha\, c_S(G_x)]Ex​[cGx​​(S)]≤Ex​[αcS​(Gx​)] for all SSS.

The construction uses the mates game: R=AR = AR=A is a set of 2t2t2t elements split into ttt pairs of mates, and for n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 the cost depends only on the first answer a1a_1a1​ and the second request r2r_2r2​: it is 111 if a1=r2a_1 = r_2a1​=r2​, MMM if a1a_1a1​ is the mate of r2r_2r2​, and mmm otherwise. The algorithm GGG draws a1a_1a1​ uniformly at random. The parameters solve

β=(2t−2)m+M+12t,α=1+(2t−1)M2+(2t−2)m.\beta = \frac{(2t-2)m + M + 1}{2t}, \qquad \alpha = \frac{1 + (2t-1)M}{2 + (2t-2)m}.β=2t(2t−2)m+M+1​,α=2+(2t−2)m1+(2t−1)M​.

Formalization targets

Goal: tightness of Theorem 2.2

For 1<β≤α1 < \beta \le \alpha1<β≤α (or α=β=1\alpha = \beta = 1α=β=1) and every C<αβC < \alpha\betaC<αβ, there are a game and a randomized algorithm GGG such that

G is α-competitive against adaptive on-line adversaries,G is β-competitive against oblivious adversaries,G \text{ is } \alpha\text{-competitive against adaptive on-line adversaries}, \qquad G \text{ is } \beta\text{-competitive against oblivious adversaries},G is α-competitive against adaptive on-line adversaries,G is β-competitive against oblivious adversaries,

and for every randomized algorithm KKK some adaptive off-line adversary QQQ achieves

E[cQ(K)]>0,E[cK(Q)]≥C⋅E[cQ(K)].\mathbb E[c_Q(K)] > 0, \qquad \mathbb E[c_K(Q)] \ge C\cdot \mathbb E[c_Q(K)].E[cQ​(K)]>0,E[cK​(Q)]≥C⋅E[cQ​(K)].

Milestones (pp. 12–13)

  1. The closed forms m(t)m(t)m(t), M(t)M(t)M(t) are the unique solution of the two equations.
  2. m(t)→βm(t) \to \betam(t)→β and M(t)→αβM(t) \to \alpha\betaM(t)→αβ as t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞.
  3. For all large ttt: M(t)≥max⁡(m(t)2,C)M(t) \ge \max(m(t)^2, C)M(t)≥max(m(t)2,C), 1≤m(t)≤M(t)1 \le m(t) \le M(t)1≤m(t)≤M(t), α(m(t)−1)≤M(t)−m(t)\alpha(m(t)-1) \le M(t) - m(t)α(m(t)−1)≤M(t)−m(t).
  4. GGG is β\betaβ-competitive against oblivious adversaries in the mates game.
  5. GGG is α\alphaα-competitive against adaptive on-line adversaries in the mates game.
  6. An adaptive off-line adversary makes every algorithm pay MMM while paying 111.

Significance

The result. Together with Theorem 2.2, the claim pins down exactly how much the adaptive off-line adversary can gain over the other two: the product αβ\alpha\betaαβ is an upper bound for every game and is approached by a single game for every admissible pair (α,β)(\alpha, \beta)(α,β). It shows that no general argument relating the three adversary models can give a bound better than the product, so any improvement for a specific problem (paging, kkk-server) must use the structure of that problem. The paging example cited on p. 11 (RANDOM against the three adversaries) gives one instance of tightness; the mates game gives tightness for every admissible pair.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, in about one page, with two steps left to the reader ("by inspection of the equations", "a simple case analysis"). No machine-checked proof of this or of any statement about adaptive adversaries is known to us. The formalization makes the model of §2 precise (sequences, stopping, the order in which adversary and algorithm commit, expectations over coins), checks the asymptotics of the parameters, and verifies the case analysis, which on inspection needs an inequality the page does not state. Two printed formulas on p. 12 contain typos; the formal statements carry the correct values.

Difficulty

The construction is explicit, but each competitiveness claim quantifies over all adversaries, which may adapt their requests to the algorithm's random answers, stop at any time, and (for the on-line adversary) commit to their own answers in advance. The algebra of α\alphaα-competitiveness is tight: the adversary's best expected advantage is exactly zero, so every case of its best reply must be checked with no slack. The page's condition M≥m2M \ge m^2M≥m2 does not suffice for this: when a1a_1a1​ is neither the adversary's first answer nor its mate, the reply "mate of a1a_1a1​" beats the reply "the adversary's own answer" only when α(m−1)≤M−m\alpha(m-1) \le M - mα(m−1)≤M−m, which holds for the solved parameters but is not implied by M≥m2M \ge m^2M≥m2. At β=1<α\beta = 1 < \alphaβ=1<α the solved parameter mmm is below 111 for every ttt, and the oblivious bound fails.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in OnlineRandomization.Tightness. The conventions:

  • Costs are real-valued; the paper allows +∞+\infty+∞, so the game class is a special case.
  • Answer sets are nonempty finite types; request sets are arbitrary types.
  • Sequences are Lean lists, oldest first; cost r a is fnf_nfn​ on lists of equal length nnn.
  • Adversaries return none for "stop" and carry a depth bound dQd_QdQ​; an on-line adversary's answer bi+1b_{i+1}bi+1​ depends only on a1,…,aia_1, \dots, a_ia1​,…,ai​.
  • Randomized algorithms are a probability space of coins with a deterministic algorithm per coin and measurable answers; expectations are Bochner integrals, with α\alphaα applied inside the expectation. In the goal, coin spaces range over Type.
  • Competitiveness uses the ratio functions x↦αxx \mapsto \alpha xx↦αx and x↦βxx \mapsto \beta xx↦βx, with no additive constant.
  • The mates game is on Fin t × Bool, with mate (i,b)↦(i,¬b)(i, b) \mapsto (i, \lnot b)(i,b)↦(i,¬b). The paper leaves the costs of plays with fewer than two requests undefined; the formalization sets f0=0f_0 = 0f0​=0 and f1≡1f_1 \equiv 1f1​≡1 (with f1≡0f_1 \equiv 0f1​≡0 the algorithm would not be α\alphaα-competitive).
  • Range. The goal assumes 1<β≤α1 < \beta \le \alpha1<β≤α or α=β=1\alpha = \beta = 1α=β=1; the page's case β=1<α\beta = 1 < \alphaβ=1<α is not covered by its construction and is left out. In fact the claim is false there for 1<C<α1 < C < \alpha1<C<α: an algorithm that is 111-competitive against oblivious adversaries answers optimally, almost surely, on every request sequence (its cost is never below the optimum and its expected cost does not exceed it), and an adaptive off-line adversary reaches only finitely many request sequences, so against K=GK = GK=G every adversary has E[cG(Q)]=E[cQ(G)]\mathbb E[c_G(Q)] = \mathbb E[c_Q(G)]E[cG​(Q)]=E[cQ​(G)], a ratio of 1<C1 < C1<C.

The positivity requirement E[cQ(K)]>0\mathbb E[c_Q(K)] > 0E[cQ​(K)]>0 in the goal is essential: without it the adversary that asks nothing satisfies E[cK(Q)]≥C⋅0\mathbb E[c_K(Q)] \ge C \cdot 0E[cK​(Q)]≥C⋅0 for every KKK, and the third clause would hold vacuously.

A complete development needs: finite expectations over a uniform coin, the evaluation of the play of an adversary against a constant algorithm, and limit and eventual-inequality arguments for rational functions of ttt. The model of §2 is shared with the other missions of this series and is reusable for any request-answer formulation of an on-line problem. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Ben-David, A. Borodin, R. Karp, G. Tardos, A. Wigderson, On the power of randomization in on-line algorithms, Algorithmica 11 (1994) 2–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01294260 (cited from the authors' manuscript, manuscript pp. 7–13).
  • A. Borodin, R. El-Yaniv, Online Computation and Competitive Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1998. ISBN 0-521-56392-5.
  • P. Raghavan, M. Snir, Memory versus randomization in on-line algorithms, IBM Journal of Research and Development 38 (1994) 683–707. https://doi.org/10.1147/rd.386.0683
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsComputational GeometryDiscrete Geometry·Captain: mikedeng1

A Polynomial Time Algorithm for Counting Integral Points in Polyhedra When the Dimension is Fixed: The Lattice-Point Count of an Integral Simplex Is a Short Signed Sum over Primitive ConesResearch Paper

Counting lattice points in fixed dimension

How many integral points does a polytope contain? The question arises in integer programming, where it measures the size of a feasible set, in combinatorics, where many enumeration problems are lattice-point counts in a polytope (contingency tables, magic squares, flows), in the representation theory of Lie groups, and in the analysis of loop nests in compilers. Counting is #P-hard when the dimension is part of the input, so the natural question is whether the count can be computed in polynomial time when the dimension ddd is fixed.

Timeline:

  • 1899. In dimension 222, Pick's formula leads to a polynomial algorithm.
  • 1983. Lenstra shows that integer feasibility is decidable in polynomial time for fixed ddd (Lenstra 1983). Deciding whether a lattice point exists does not count them.
  • 1988, 1992. Brion proves that the exponential sum over the lattice points of a rational polytope is the sum of the exponential sums of its vertex cones.
  • 1991. Dyer gives polynomial algorithms in dimensions 333 and 444, based on Dedekind sums (Dyer 1991).
  • 1994. Barvinok proves that for every fixed ddd the number of lattice points of an integral simplex, and hence of a rational polyhedron, can be computed in polynomial time (Barvinok 1994). The algorithm was later implemented (LattE, barvinok) and is the standard method.

Setting

Points of Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd have real coordinates and ⟨c,x⟩=∑lclxl\langle c,x\rangle=\sum_l c_lx_l⟨c,x⟩=∑l​cl​xl​. For integral vectors u1,…,uk∈Zdu_1,\dots,u_k\in\mathbb{Z}^du1​,…,uk​∈Zd, the rational cone they generate is co⁡{u1,…,uk}={∑iλiui:λi≥0}\operatorname{co}\{u_1,\dots,u_k\}=\{\sum_i\lambda_iu_i:\lambda_i\ge0\}co{u1​,…,uk​}={∑i​λi​ui​:λi​≥0}. The generators are simple if they are linearly independent, and primitive if moreover they form a basis of the lattice Zd∩Lin⁡{u1,…,uk}\mathbb{Z}^d\cap\operatorname{Lin}\{u_1,\dots,u_k\}Zd∩Lin{u1​,…,uk​}.

The index Ind⁡K\operatorname{Ind}KIndK of the cone given by simple generators is the number of integral points in the semi-open parallelepiped Π={∑iαiui:0≤αi<1}\Pi=\{\sum_i\alpha_iu_i:0\le\alpha_i<1\}Π={∑i​αi​ui​:0≤αi​<1}. It equals 111 exactly for primitive generators.

The exponential sum of KKK is σ(K;c)=∑x∈K∩Zde⟨c,x⟩\sigma(K;c)=\sum_{x\in K\cap\mathbb{Z}^d}e^{\langle c,x\rangle}σ(K;c)=∑x∈K∩Zd​e⟨c,x⟩. Where it converges it has the closed form

σ(K;c)=(∑x∈Π∩Zde⟨c,x⟩)∏i=1k11−e⟨c,ui⟩,\sigma(K;c)=\Bigl(\sum_{x\in\Pi\cap\mathbb{Z}^d}e^{\langle c,x\rangle}\Bigr)\prod_{i=1}^k\frac{1}{1-e^{\langle c,u_i\rangle}},σ(K;c)=(x∈Π∩Zd∑​e⟨c,x⟩)i=1∏k​1−e⟨c,ui​⟩1​,

and this closed form defines σ\sigmaσ at every regular point, i.e. every ccc with ⟨c,ui⟩≠0\langle c,u_i\rangle\ne0⟨c,ui​⟩=0 for all iii.

An integral simplex is Δ=conv⁡{v1,…,vk+1}\Delta=\operatorname{conv}\{v_1,\dots,v_{k+1}\}Δ=conv{v1​,…,vk+1​} with affinely independent vj∈Zdv_j\in\mathbb{Z}^dvj​∈Zd. Its supporting cone at a vertex vvv is Kv={u:v+δu∈Δ for all sufficiently small δ>0}K_v=\{u:v+\delta u\in\Delta\text{ for all sufficiently small }\delta>0\}Kv​={u:v+δu∈Δ for all sufficiently small δ>0}. A signed decomposition K=∑iεiKiK=\sum_i\varepsilon_iK_iK=∑i​εi​Ki​ with integers εi\varepsilon_iεi​ means χK=∑iεiχKi\chi_K=\sum_i\varepsilon_i\chi_{K_i}χK​=∑i​εi​χKi​​ on all of Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd. The constant term of the Laurent expansion of fff at t=0t=0t=0 is the coefficient of t0t^0t0 in the expansion of fff around its pole at 000.

Formalization targets

Goal: the short signed formula (Theorem 1.2, mathematical content)

For d≥2d\ge2d≥2 and every integral simplex Δ⊆Rd\Delta\subseteq\mathbb{R}^dΔ⊆Rd there are, for each vertex vjv_jvj​, primitive cones Kj,iK_{j,i}Kj,i​ and integers εj,i\varepsilon_{j,i}εj,i​ with Kvj=∑iεj,iKj,iK_{v_j}=\sum_i\varepsilon_{j,i}K_{j,i}Kvj​​=∑i​εj,i​Kj,i​ and at most (2d)Tj(2^d)^{T_j}(2d)Tj​ terms. Here TjT_jTj​ is the smallest integer

Tj≥−log⁡log⁡1.9+log⁡log⁡Ind⁡jlog⁡d−log⁡(d−1),T_j\ge\frac{-\log\log1.9+\log\log\operatorname{Ind}_j}{\log d-\log(d-1)},Tj​≥logd−log(d−1)−loglog1.9+loglogIndj​​,

and Ind⁡j\operatorname{Ind}_jIndj​ is the index of the edge vectors at vjv_jvj​. Moreover, for every ccc orthogonal to no generator of any Kj,iK_{j,i}Kj,i​,

#(Δ∩Zd)=∑j∑iεj,i R(Kj,i,vj,c),\#(\Delta\cap\mathbb{Z}^d)=\sum_j\sum_i\varepsilon_{j,i}\,R(K_{j,i},v_j,c),#(Δ∩Zd)=j∑​i∑​εj,i​R(Kj,i​,vj​,c),

where R(K,v,c)R(K,v,c)R(K,v,c) is the constant term at t=0t=0t=0 of t↦et⟨c,v⟩σ(K;tc)t\mapsto e^{t\langle c,v\rangle}\sigma(K;tc)t↦et⟨c,v⟩σ(K;tc).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.4 with Remark 2.5: the closed form of σ\sigmaσ for simple cones.
  2. Proposition 4.1: for primitive cones, σ(K;c)=∏i(1−e⟨c,ui⟩)−1\sigma(K;c)=\prod_i(1-e^{\langle c,u_i\rangle})^{-1}σ(K;c)=∏i​(1−e⟨c,ui​⟩)−1.
  3. Proposition 2.7 (Brion), for integral simplices.
  4. Corollary 4.2: R(K,v,c)=Qk(x;y)∏ixi−1R(K,v,c)=Q_k(x;y)\prod_ix_i^{-1}R(K,v,c)=Qk​(x;y)∏i​xi−1​ with deg⁡Qk≤k\deg Q_k\le kdegQk​≤k.
  5. Primitive generators iff Ind⁡K=1\operatorname{Ind}K=1IndK=1 (§5).
  6. Lemma 5.2: a short lattice vector www with Ind⁡Kj≤(Ind⁡K)(d−1)/d\operatorname{Ind}K_j\le(\operatorname{Ind}K)^{(d-1)/d}IndKj​≤(IndK)(d−1)/d.
  7. Lemma 5.3: at most 2d2^d2d cones of smaller index, with signs ±1\pm1±1.
  8. Theorem 5.4: decomposition into at most (2d)T(2^d)^T(2d)T primitive cones.
  9. The display in the proof of Theorem 5.4: (2d)T≤C1(d)(log⁡Ind⁡K)C2(d)(2^d)^T\le C_1(d)(\log\operatorname{Ind}K)^{C_2(d)}(2d)T≤C1​(d)(logIndK)C2​(d).
  10. Lemma 6.1: some c(t)=(1,t,…,td−1)c(t)=(1,t,\dots,t^{d-1})c(t)=(1,t,…,td−1), t∈{0,…,m(d−1)}t\in\{0,\dots,m(d-1)\}t∈{0,…,m(d−1)}, is orthogonal to none of mmm nonzero vectors.

Significance

The goal is the reason Barvinok's algorithm is polynomial. For fixed ddd, the number of terms is bounded by a polynomial in log⁡Ind⁡K\log\operatorname{Ind}KlogIndK, which is polynomial in the input size. Each term is an explicit rational function of inner products (Corollary 4.2). The identity therefore turns lattice-point counting into the evaluation of a short sum. Its consequences include polynomial-time counting for rational polyhedra in fixed dimension, polynomial-time computation of Ehrhart quasi-polynomials, and the theory of short rational generating functions (Barvinok–Woods), which underlies algorithms for parametric integer programming.

The result is proved and classical. As far as known it has not been machine-checked: Mathlib has convex cones, Minkowski's convex body theorem and lattices, but no signed cone decompositions, no generating functions of cones and no Brion identity. The mission produces a formal account of the algorithm's correctness and of the size of its output. Its milestones are statements of independent use: the closed form of cone generating functions, Brion's identity for simplices, and the index-reduction lemma.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to triangulate the supporting cones into unimodular (primitive) cones. This fails: a cone of index Ind⁡K\operatorname{Ind}KIndK may need about Ind⁡K\operatorname{Ind}KIndK unimodular cones in any triangulation, which is exponential in the input size. The step that makes the count small is signed decomposition. Signed decomposition uses cones that are not contained in KKK, combined with signs ±1\pm1±1, and controls the index through the geometry of numbers rather than through a subdivision of KKK. The second difficulty is that c=0c=0c=0, where the exponential sum equals the count, is a singular point of every σ(Ki;⋅)\sigma(K_i;\cdot)σ(Ki​;⋅). The count is recovered as a constant term of a Laurent expansion, so every identity has to be valid as an identity of meromorphic functions on regular points, and not only where the series converge.

Formalization scope

  • Points of Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd are Fin d → ℝ, integral vectors Fin d → ℤ used through their real cast, and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ is dotProduct. A cone is given by its generator list, because index, parallelepiped and the closed form of σ\sigmaσ depend on the generators. Logarithms are natural, and ∣u∣|u|∣u∣ is the sup norm.
  • Theorem 1.2 is represented by its mathematical content. The paper's statement is "there exists a polynomial time algorithm". No machine model is formalized. The goal is the identity proved on p. 778, with the count of the proof of Theorem 5.4 (p. 777). The algorithmic clauses of Lemmas 5.2, 5.3, 6.1 and Theorem 5.4 are each replaced by the existence statement of the object the algorithm constructs. Lemma 5.3(c), whose constant is unquantified, is omitted.
  • Over R\mathbb{R}R. The paper uses c∈Cdc\in\mathbb{C}^dc∈Cd only to speak of meromorphic functions. Here ccc is real, σ\sigmaσ is defined by its closed form, and regularity means ⟨c,ui⟩≠0\langle c,u_i\rangle\ne0⟨c,ui​⟩=0 for every generator. The constant term is a predicate: tNf(t)t^Nf(t)tNf(t) agrees near 000 with a real-analytic function whose NNN-th Taylor coefficient is the value.
  • Added hypotheses. These are d≥2d\ge2d≥2 wherever TTT appears, k≥1k\ge1k≥1 in Lemma 5.2, d≥1d\ge1d≥1 in Lemma 5.3, ui≠0u_i\ne0ui​=0 in Lemma 6.1, and Ind⁡K≥2\operatorname{Ind}K\ge2IndK≥2 in the display bound. T=0T=0T=0 when the index is 111. Brion's identity is stated for integral simplices, the only case the proof uses.
  • Trivializations ruled out. σ\sigmaσ is never an infinite sum, which would take a junk value off its convergence region. "Primitive" means a lattice basis and not mere linear independence; with the weaker notion the decomposition is trivial. Decompositions hold for every x∈Rdx\in\mathbb{R}^dx∈Rd, not only on Zd\mathbb{Z}^dZd. The halfspace of Lemma 5.2 is linear, since an affine one would make it vacuous.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs generating functions of simplicial cones, Brion's theorem for simplices, the identity theorem for rational functions in ec1,…,ecde^{c_1},\dots,e^{c_d}ec1​,…,ecd​, Minkowski's theorem on a sublattice, and inclusion–exclusion for triangulations. Each is reusable beyond this mission, and contributions of any of these pieces are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. I. Barvinok, A polynomial time algorithm for counting integral points in polyhedra when the dimension is fixed, Mathematics of Operations Research 19(4), 1994, 769–779. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.19.4.769
  • M. Brion, Points entiers dans les polyèdres convexes, Annales scientifiques de l'École Normale Supérieure 21(4), 1988, 653–663. https://doi.org/10.24033/asens.1572
  • M. Dyer, On counting lattice points in polyhedra, SIAM Journal on Computing 20(4), 1991, 695–707. https://doi.org/10.1137/0220044
  • H. W. Lenstra Jr., Integer programming with a fixed number of variables, Mathematics of Operations Research 8(4), 1983, 538–548. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.8.4.538
  • R. P. Stanley, Enumerative Combinatorics, Vol. 1, Wadsworth & Brooks/Cole, 1986, §4.6. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-9763-6
  • A. Barvinok, K. Woods, Short rational generating functions for lattice point problems, Journal of the AMS 16(4), 2003, 957–979. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0894-0347-03-00428-4
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts 3: An O(log n)-Competitive Algorithm for the Discounted Secretary ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

In the secretary problem, nnn candidates with arbitrary values arrive one at a time in a uniformly random order, and an online decision maker must accept or reject each candidate on arrival, irrevocably, keeping at most one. The rule that observes the first n/en/en/e candidates and then accepts the first one better than everything seen so far selects the best candidate with probability about 1/e1/e1/e (Dynkin, 1963). The problem is a basic model of online selection and, read economically, of posted-price mechanisms for agents who arrive in random order: a rule that compares each agent only against a threshold set by earlier agents is truthful.

Babaioff, Dinitz, Gupta, Immorlica and Talwar (SODA 2009) study a variant in which time costs value. Selecting the candidate who arrives at time ttt earns that candidate's value multiplied by a discount d(t)d(t)d(t), for an arbitrary non-negative discount function ddd known in advance. Earlier work treated only specific discount shapes, such as geometric discounting d(t)=βtd(t)=\beta^td(t)=βt (Rasmussen and Pliska, 1976). For a general ddd the classical rule can fail badly: if all the discount mass sits in the first few time steps, a rule that waits through a sample of size n/en/en/e earns nothing. The paper shows that the best competitive ratio for arbitrary discounts lies between Ω(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log n/\log\log n)Ω(logn/loglogn) (its Theorem 4.3) and O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) (its Theorem 4.4). This mission formalizes the upper bound.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 elements, indexed {0,…,n−1}\{0,\dots,n-1\}{0,…,n−1}, with values v(e)≥0v(e)\ge 0v(e)≥0, and nnn times with discounts d(t)≥0d(t)\ge0d(t)≥0. A uniformly random permutation π\piπ fixes the order of arrivals: element π(t)\pi(t)π(t) arrives at time ttt. An algorithm knows ddd but not vvv; it sees each value on arrival and may select the current element, irrevocably, earning d(t) v(π(t))d(t)\,v(\pi(t))d(t)v(π(t)). Expectations over π\piπ are exact averages over the n!n!n! orders.

The offline optimum on order π\piπ is OPT(π)=max⁡td(t) v(π(t))\mathsf{OPT}(\pi)=\max_t d(t)\,v(\pi(t))OPT(π)=maxt​d(t)v(π(t)); it is a random variable, and the benchmark is its expectation Eπ[OPT]\mathbb E_\pi[\mathsf{OPT}]Eπ​[OPT] (p. 4 of the paper).

Let dmax⁡=max⁡td(t)d_{\max}=\max_t d(t)dmax​=maxt​d(t) and vmax⁡=max⁡ev(e)v_{\max}=\max_e v(e)vmax​=maxe​v(e). For c≥1c\ge1c≥1 the ccc-th discount class is the set of times

Pc={ i:2−cdmax⁡<d(i)≤2−(c−1)dmax⁡ }.P_c=\{\,i : 2^{-c}d_{\max}<d(i)\le 2^{-(c-1)}d_{\max}\,\}.Pc​={i:2−cdmax​<d(i)≤2−(c−1)dmax​}.

The quantity OPTc\mathsf{OPT}_cOPTc​ is the part of Eπ[OPT]\mathbb E_\pi[\mathsf{OPT}]Eπ​[OPT] earned when the optimal time (the smallest time attaining the maximum) lies in PcP_cPc​.

The classical secretary rule on mmm arrivals observes the first ⌊m/e⌋\lfloor m/e\rfloor⌊m/e⌋ and then selects the first arrival that ranks above every earlier arrival. Ranks use a fixed tie-break order: larger value first, and smaller element index among equal values.

The algorithm A\mathcal AA sets M=3⌈log⁡2n⌉+2M=3\lceil\log_2 n\rceil+2M=3⌈log2​n⌉+2, draws c∈{1,…,M}c\in\{1,\dots,M\}c∈{1,…,M} uniformly, and runs the classical rule on the subsequence of arrivals at the times of PcP_cPc​, ignoring all other arrivals.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.4 with its explicit constant

Eπ[OPT]  ≤  4e (3⌈log⁡2n⌉+2)  E[A](n≥1, d≥0, v≥0).\mathbb E_\pi[\mathsf{OPT}]\;\le\;4e\,\bigl(3\lceil\log_2 n\rceil+2\bigr)\;\mathbb E[\mathcal A]\qquad(n\ge1,\ d\ge0,\ v\ge0).Eπ​[OPT]≤4e(3⌈log2​n⌉+2)E[A](n≥1, d≥0, v≥0).

The paper states E[OPT]/E[A]≤O(log⁡n)\mathbb E[\mathsf{OPT}]/\mathbb E[\mathcal A]\le O(\log n)E[OPT]/E[A]≤O(logn); the constant 4e4e4e is the one its proof yields.

Milestones

  1. The classical secretary rule selects the top-ranked of m≥1m\ge1m≥1 elements with probability at least 1/e1/e1/e (§2, p. 4).
  2. OPT1≥vmax⁡dmax⁡/n\mathsf{OPT}_1\ge v_{\max}d_{\max}/nOPT1​≥vmax​dmax​/n (proof of Theorem 4.4, p. 7).
  3. OPTc≤2−c 2n2dmax⁡vmax⁡\mathsf{OPT}_c\le 2^{-c}\,2n^2d_{\max}v_{\max}OPTc​≤2−c2n2dmax​vmax​ for every c≥1c\ge1c≥1 (p. 7).
  4. ∑c=13⌈log⁡2n⌉+1OPTc≥12Eπ[OPT]\sum_{c=1}^{3\lceil\log_2 n\rceil+1}\mathsf{OPT}_c\ge\tfrac12\mathbb E_\pi[\mathsf{OPT}]∑c=13⌈log2​n⌉+1​OPTc​≥21​Eπ​[OPT] (p. 7).
  5. E[Ac]≥OPTc/2e\mathbb E[\mathcal A_c]\ge\mathsf{OPT}_c/2eE[Ac​]≥OPTc​/2e for every c≥1c\ge1c≥1, where Ac\mathcal A_cAc​ is the classical rule on PcP_cPc​ (p. 7).

Significance

The theorem shows that a general discount function costs only a logarithmic factor against the offline benchmark, and that one algorithm achieves this without any knowledge of the values. Together with the lower bound of Theorem 4.3 it pins the competitive ratio of the discounted secretary problem between log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n\log n/\log\log nlogn/loglogn and log⁡n\log nlogn. The same scale-splitting idea, stated in the paper as Theorem 4.5 without full proof, extends the bound to the weighted discounted problem.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been formalized. A complete development would also produce a machine-checked proof of the classical secretary guarantee for the rule with sample size exactly ⌊m/e⌋\lfloor m/e\rfloor⌊m/e⌋ at every finite mmm, with an explicit tie-break, which is reusable by every secretary-type mission. Milestone 1 is that statement. Sharper constants or a smaller class range are welcome as additional statements but do not replace the goal, which is about this algorithm with this MMM.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, running the classical rule on all nnn arrivals, fails because the discounts can be concentrated at times the rule spends sampling. Splitting by discount scale fixes this but creates two problems. First, there are unboundedly many scales, and one has to show that the offline optimum's mass outside the top O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) of them is negligible against E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathsf{OPT}]E[OPT], a random quantity rather than a fixed maximum. Second, the classical rule on a class sees only a random subset of the elements, in random order, and the guarantee must be transferred to this subsequence, conditioning on which elements land in PcP_cPc​. Neither step is deep, but both require careful bookkeeping of permutations, and the classical 1/e1/e1/e bound at finite mmm with a floor in the sample size is itself a nontrivial estimate.

Formalization scope

Elements and times are Fin n, an order is π : Equiv.Perm (Fin n) read as time ↦\mapsto↦ element, and the paper's time t=1,…,nt=1,\dots,nt=1,…,n is index t−1t-1t−1. Values and discounts are Fin n → ℝ with non-negativity hypotheses. Every expectation is the finite average 1n!∑π\frac1{n!}\sum_\pin!1​∑π​; the algorithm's random class is the explicit average 1M∑c=1M\frac1M\sum_{c=1}^MM1​∑c=1M​. Maxima are suprema over the finite index set. The logarithm is base 2, ⌈log⁡2n⌉\lceil\log_2 n\rceil⌈log2​n⌉ is Nat.clog 2 n, and the sample size is Nat.floor (m / Real.exp 1). Ties are broken by the order on Lex (ℝ × (Fin n)ᵒᵈ) (larger value, then smaller index); distinct values are not assumed. The optimal time is the smallest maximizing time, so that the OPTc\mathsf{OPT}_cOPTc​ add up to E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathsf{OPT}]E[OPT]. Competitiveness is stated multiplicatively, never as a quotient, so E[A]=0\mathbb E[\mathcal A]=0E[A]=0 is not a loophole.

The goal is a statement about the specific algorithm A\mathcal AA, not "there exists an algorithm": an existential over unrestricted algorithms is witnessed by a clairvoyant rule that reads the values in advance. A\mathcal AA sees the values only through comparisons among arrivals that have already occurred, and E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathsf{OPT}]E[OPT] is the expected offline maximum over the same random order, not dmax⁡vmax⁡d_{\max}v_{\max}dmax​vmax​.

Needed infrastructure: averages over permutations and the fact that the elements landing at a fixed set of times form a uniformly random subset in uniformly random order; the finite-mmm analysis of the classical rule; and elementary estimates on geometric sums. Contributions of general lemmas about uniform permutations are welcome and reusable.

Selected references

  • M. Babaioff, M. Dinitz, A. Gupta, N. Immorlica, K. Talwar, Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts, Proc. 20th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms (SODA), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973068.139
  • E. B. Dynkin, The optimum choice of the instant for stopping a Markov process, Soviet Math. Doklady 4, 1963.
  • T. S. Ferguson, Who solved the secretary problem?, Statistical Science 4(3), 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177012493
  • L. T. Rasmussen, S. R. Pliska, Choosing the maximum from a sequence with a discount function, Applied Mathematics and Optimization 2, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01458209
  • M. Babaioff, N. Immorlica, R. Kleinberg, Matroids, secretary problems, and online mechanisms, SODA 2007. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/1283383.1283429
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

How Much Data Is Sufficient to Learn High-Performing Algorithms? Generalization Guarantees for Data-Driven Algorithm Design 1: Pseudo-Dimension Bound from a Piecewise-Decomposable Dual ClassResearch Paper

Motivation

Many algorithms in operations research and computer science have tunable parameters: sequence-alignment weights, clustering linkage interpolations, branch-and-bound branching rules, auction reserve prices. In data-driven algorithm design the parameters are chosen by optimizing average performance over a training set of problem instances drawn from an unknown application-specific distribution. The question this mission is about is statistical: how many training instances suffice for the empirical average performance of every parameter setting to be close to its expected performance?

Classical learning theory answers this through the pseudo-dimension of the class of utility functions (Pollard, 1984): a bound on the pseudo-dimension gives a uniform convergence bound of order H(Pdim+ln⁡(1/δ))/NH\sqrt{(\mathrm{Pdim} + \ln(1/\delta))/N}H(Pdim+ln(1/δ))/N​. The difficulty is that utility functions of combinatorial algorithms are wildly discontinuous in the parameters, so standard tools (Lipschitz arguments, linear classes) do not apply. Balcan, DeBlasio, Dick, Kingsford, Sandholm and Vitercik (arXiv:1908.02894v4, STOC 2021) observed that for a large family of algorithms the utility on each fixed instance is a piecewise-structured function of the parameters, and proved a single general theorem converting that structure into a pseudo-dimension bound. Earlier analyses (for example Gupta and Roughgarden 2017; Balcan, Nagarajan, Vitercik and White 2017) derived such bounds one algorithm family at a time; Theorem 3.3 unifies them.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a set of problem instances and U⊆RX\mathcal U \subseteq \mathbb R^{\mathcal X}U⊆RX a class of utility functions; in the paper U={uρ:ρ∈P}\mathcal U = \{u_\rho : \rho \in \mathcal P\}U={uρ​:ρ∈P} for a parameter space P⊆Rd\mathcal P \subseteq \mathbb R^dP⊆Rd, with uρ(x)u_\rho(x)uρ​(x) the performance of the algorithm with parameter ρ\rhoρ on instance xxx.

Pseudo-dimension. A class H\mathcal HH of real functions on a domain Y\mathcal YY shatters points y1,…,yNy_1, \dots, y_Ny1​,…,yN​ if there are targets z1,…,zN∈Rz_1, \dots, z_N \in \mathbb Rz1​,…,zN​∈R such that every one of the 2N2^N2N patterns of "above / not above ziz_izi​" at the points yiy_iyi​ is realized by some h∈Hh \in \mathcal Hh∈H. The pseudo-dimension Pdim(H)\mathrm{Pdim}(\mathcal H)Pdim(H) is the largest NNN for which some NNN points are shattered. For {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued classes it is the VC-dimension VCdim(H)\mathrm{VCdim}(\mathcal H)VCdim(H).

Dual class (Definition 3.1). For H⊆RY\mathcal H \subseteq \mathbb R^{\mathcal Y}H⊆RY, each y∈Yy \in \mathcal Yy∈Y gives an evaluation map hy∗:H→Rh^*_y : \mathcal H \to \mathbb Rhy∗​:H→R, hy∗(h)=h(y)h^*_y(h) = h(y)hy∗​(h)=h(y), and H∗={hy∗:y∈Y}\mathcal H^* = \{h^*_y : y \in \mathcal Y\}H∗={hy∗​:y∈Y}. For utility functions, ux∗(uρ)=uρ(x)u^*_x(u_\rho) = u_\rho(x)ux∗​(uρ​)=uρ​(x): the dual function of instance xxx records performance on xxx as the algorithm varies.

Piecewise decomposability (Definition 3.2). Given a class G⊆{0,1}Y\mathcal G \subseteq \{0,1\}^{\mathcal Y}G⊆{0,1}Y of boundary functions, a class F⊆RY\mathcal F \subseteq \mathbb R^{\mathcal Y}F⊆RY of piece functions and k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N, a class H⊆RY\mathcal H \subseteq \mathbb R^{\mathcal Y}H⊆RY is (F,G,k)(\mathcal F, \mathcal G, k)(F,G,k)-piecewise decomposable if every h∈Hh \in \mathcal Hh∈H admits g(1),…,g(k)∈Gg^{(1)}, \dots, g^{(k)} \in \mathcal Gg(1),…,g(k)∈G and, for each bit vector b∈{0,1}k\boldsymbol b \in \{0,1\}^kb∈{0,1}k, some fb∈Ff_{\boldsymbol b} \in \mathcal Ffb​∈F, with h(y)=fby(y)h(y) = f_{\boldsymbol b_y}(y)h(y)=fby​​(y) where by=(g(1)(y),…,g(k)(y))\boldsymbol b_y = (g^{(1)}(y), \dots, g^{(k)}(y))by​=(g(1)(y),…,g(k)(y)). The theorem applies this to H=U∗\mathcal H = \mathcal U^*H=U∗, so F⊆RU\mathcal F \subseteq \mathbb R^{\mathcal U}F⊆RU and G⊆{0,1}U\mathcal G \subseteq \{0,1\}^{\mathcal U}G⊆{0,1}U, and their duals F∗\mathcal F^*F∗, G∗\mathcal G^*G∗ are classes of functions on F\mathcal FF and G\mathcal GG.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3, explicit form

Suppose U∗\mathcal U^*U∗ is (F,G,k)(\mathcal F, \mathcal G, k)(F,G,k)-piecewise decomposable, k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, dF=Pdim(F∗)d_F = \mathrm{Pdim}(\mathcal F^*)dF​=Pdim(F∗), dG=VCdim(G∗)d_G = \mathrm{VCdim}(\mathcal G^*)dG​=VCdim(G∗) and D=dF+dGD = d_F + d_GD=dF​+dG​. With a=D/ln⁡2a = D/\ln 2a=D/ln2 and b=(D+dGln⁡k)/ln⁡2b = (D + d_G\ln k)/\ln 2b=(D+dG​lnk)/ln2,

Pdim(U)≤4aln⁡(2a)+2b=O(Dln⁡D+dGln⁡k).\mathrm{Pdim}(\mathcal U) \le 4a\ln(2a) + 2b = O\bigl(D\ln D + d_G \ln k\bigr).Pdim(U)≤4aln(2a)+2b=O(DlnD+dG​lnk).

This is the explicit bound behind the printed O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅); it is what the paper's proof establishes.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 3.4. For h1,…,hNh_1, \dots, h_Nh1​,…,hN​ in a {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued class H\mathcal HH (N≥1N \ge 1N≥1),
∣{(h1(y),…,hN(y)):y∈Y}∣≤(eN)VCdim(H∗).|\{(h_1(y), \dots, h_N(y)) : y \in \mathcal Y\}| \le (eN)^{\mathrm{VCdim}(\mathcal H^*)}.∣{(h1​(y),…,hN​(y)):y∈Y}∣≤(eN)VCdim(H∗).
  1. Claim 3.5. For instances x1,…,xNx_1, \dots, x_Nx1​,…,xN​, the class U\mathcal UU splits into M≤(ekN)dGM \le (ekN)^{d_G}M≤(ekN)dG​ cells (strictly fewer when dG≥1d_G \ge 1dG​≥1) on each of which every uxi∗u^*_{x_i}uxi​∗​ coincides with one fixed piece function fi∈Ff_i \in \mathcal Ffi​∈F.
  2. Eq. (7). On any cell, fixed piece functions f1,…,fNf_1, \dots, f_Nf1​,…,fN​ realize at most (eN)dF(eN)^{d_F}(eN)dF​ label vectors (1[fi(u)>zi])i(\mathbb 1[f_i(u) > z_i])_i(1[fi​(u)>zi​])i​.
  3. Eq. (5). The whole class realizes at most (ekN)dG(eN)dF(ekN)^{d_G}(eN)^{d_F}(ekN)dG​(eN)dF​ label vectors (1[u(xi)>zi])i(\mathbb 1[u(x_i) > z_i])_i(1[u(xi​)>zi​])i​.
  4. Shattering inequality. If U\mathcal UU shatters x1,…,xNx_1, \dots, x_Nx1​,…,xN​ (N≥1N \ge 1N≥1), then 2N≤(ekN)dG(eN)dF2^N \le (ekN)^{d_G}(eN)^{d_F}2N≤(ekN)dG​(eN)dF​.
  5. Lemma A.1. For a≥1a \ge 1a≥1, b>0b > 0b>0: y<aln⁡y+by < a\ln y + by<alny+b implies y<4aln⁡(2a)+2by < 4a\ln(2a) + 2by<4aln(2a)+2b.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 is the engine behind every generalization guarantee in the paper. It is instantiated for piecewise-constant and piecewise-linear duals over Rd\mathbb R^dRd (Lemmas 3.8–3.10), and through them for sequence alignment, RNA folding, hierarchical clustering, integer programming (branch-and-bound), greedy algorithms and auction design. Combined with the classical uniform convergence bound, it says that O~(H2(D+dGln⁡k)/ε2)\tilde O(H^2(D + d_G\ln k)/\varepsilon^2)O~(H2(D+dG​lnk)/ε2) training instances suffice to tune any such algorithm to within ε\varepsilonε of its optimal expected performance. The matching lower bounds in the paper (Theorems 4.3 and 5.2) show that the bound is tight up to logarithmic factors.

The result is proved in the paper; to the best of available records it has not been machine-checked. The mission formalizes the known proof, including the dual-class version of Sauer's lemma and the counting argument over the partition induced by the boundary functions. The published Sauer's lemma FoundationsML.RademacherVC.sauer_lemma is included as a reference item, as it is the tool Lemma 3.4 cites.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, bounding the pseudo-dimension of U\mathcal UU directly from the complexity of F\mathcal FF and G\mathcal GG, fails: the piecewise structure lives on the dual side, and nothing about F\mathcal FF or G\mathcal GG themselves controls how U\mathcal UU labels instances. The bound has to pass through dual classes twice and through the dual of a dual once, and Sauer's lemma, which counts labelings of fixed points by varying functions, must be applied in the transposed direction. Formally, the counting step needs bookkeeping of label vectors under a partition indexed by kNkNkN boundary functions, and a conversion from a pseudo-dimension bound on F∗\mathcal F^*F∗ to a VC-dimension bound on the thresholded class {(f,z)↦1[f(u)>z]}\{(f, z) \mapsto \mathbb 1[f(u) > z]\}{(f,z)↦1[f(u)>z]}, which needs the observation that a shattered tuple of pairs has distinct first coordinates.

Formalization scope

  • Pseudo- and VC-dimension are the published FoundationsML predicates Shatters, PseudoDim, GrowthFunction, HasVCDim. The exact-value predicates fix finite dimensions dFd_FdF​, dGd_GdG​, which the paper's bound presupposes. "Pdim(U)≤B\mathrm{Pdim}(\mathcal U) \le BPdim(U)≤B" is stated as "every shattered tuple has length at most BBB". {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1} is Bool.
  • Sign convention. Shattering uses strict thresholds u(xi)>ziu(x_i) > z_iu(xi​)>zi​; the paper leaves sign(0)\mathrm{sign}(0)sign(0) unspecified, and strict and non-strict thresholds shatter the same tuples, so the dimension is unchanged. Label vectors in the counting milestones use the same reading.
  • Domains. The dual classes are classes of functions on the subtype of the primal class. Parameters ρ\rhoρ are indexed by the functions uρu_\rhouρ​ themselves, and Claim 3.5's partition of P\mathcal PP becomes a partition of U\mathcal UU; nothing in the theorem depends on ρ\rhoρ except through uρu_\rhouρ​.
  • Corrections of the printed statements. (i) Theorem 3.3's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is replaced by the explicit bound 4aln⁡(2a)+2b4a\ln(2a) + 2b4aln(2a)+2b derived from the paper's own last step and Lemma A.1, with k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 added (the printed ln⁡k\ln klnk is undefined at k=0k = 0k=0); the case D=0D = 0D=0 is covered, where the bound is 000. (ii) Lemma 3.4 and the counting milestones assume N≥1N \ge 1N≥1; at N=0N = 0N=0 the printed bounds read 1≤01 \le 01≤0. (iii) Claim 3.5's strict M<(ekN)VCdim(G∗)M < (ekN)^{\mathrm{VCdim}(\mathcal G^*)}M<(ekN)VCdim(G∗) is kept for VCdim(G∗)≥1\mathrm{VCdim}(\mathcal G^*) \ge 1VCdim(G∗)≥1 and weakened to ≤\le≤ only when VCdim(G∗)=0\mathrm{VCdim}(\mathcal G^*) = 0VCdim(G∗)=0, where the strict form is false (M=1M = 1M=1). The milestone texts are quoted verbatim.
  • Dropped hypothesis. The range [0,H][0, H][0,H] of the utility functions is not used by the theorem or its proof and is omitted, which makes the statement more general.
  • Ruling out trivializations. The goal carries the explicit constant, never an O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) with a constant chosen after the classes; the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable on a nontrivial example (one instance, uρ(x)=ρu_\rho(x) = \rhouρ​(x)=ρ, k=1k = 1k=1, dF=1d_F = 1dF​=1, dG=0d_G = 0dG​=0, in which U\mathcal UU does shatter one point), checked by a sorry-free local verification file; all counts are of subsets of {0,1}N\{0,1\}^N{0,1}N, so no cardinality silently defaults to zero.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of each milestone; a dual-class Sauer lemma reusable for other data-driven design papers; the passage from pseudo-dimension of F∗\mathcal F^*F∗ to the VC-dimension of its thresholded class.

Selected references

  • M.-F. Balcan, D. DeBlasio, T. Dick, C. Kingsford, T. Sandholm, E. Vitercik, How Much Data Is Sufficient to Learn High-Performing Algorithms? Generalization Guarantees for Data-Driven Algorithm Design, STOC 2021; arXiv:1908.02894v4, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.02894
  • P. Assouad, Densité et dimension, Annales de l'Institut Fourier 33(3), 1983. https://doi.org/10.5802/aif.938
  • D. Pollard, Convergence of Stochastic Processes, Springer, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-5254-2
  • N. Sauer, On the density of families of sets, Journal of Combinatorial Theory A 13(1), 1972. https://doi.org/10.1016/0097-3165(72)90019-2
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • R. Gupta, T. Roughgarden, A PAC approach to application-specific algorithm selection, SIAM Journal on Computing 46(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1050276
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Sequencing with Earliness and Tardiness Penalties: With Due-Date Tolerances, the Least Optimal Common Due Date Puts One Job at an End of Its Tolerance WindowResearch Paper

Motivation

Earliness/tardiness (E/T) scheduling penalizes a job both for finishing late and for finishing early. It models just-in-time production, where an early job ties up inventory and a late one delays a customer. Baker and Scudder's review (Oper. Res. 38 (1990) 22–36) organized the single-machine E/T literature around a short list of structural properties of optimal schedules for a common due date shared by all jobs. For the problem without tolerances these properties go back to work the review surveys, beginning with Kanet (1981) for equal penalties.

The review then turns to due-date tolerances: a job pays nothing if it completes within a window around the due date, as in contracts that accept delivery within a few days of a target. Cheng (1988) studied a version in which the penalty is discontinuous at the window ends. Baker and Scudder state the continuous version and prove two generalized properties, III(G) and IV(G), in the paper's Appendix (pp. 34–35). They are the paper's own results; the rest of the review cites results proved elsewhere.

Setting

Fix n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 jobs, processed on one machine in a fixed order, one after another, starting at time 000 with no idle time between them. The job in position jjj has a processing time pjp_jpj​, so it completes at Cj=p1+⋯+pjC_j = p_1 + \dots + p_jCj​=p1​+⋯+pj​. All jobs share a common due date d∈Rd \in \mathbb Rd∈R, which is a decision variable. Job jjj has tolerances uj,vj≥0u_j, v_j \ge 0uj​,vj​≥0 and is free of penalty when Cj∈[d−uj, d+vj]C_j \in [d - u_j,\ d + v_j]Cj​∈[d−uj​, d+vj​]. Outside its window it pays a unit earliness penalty αj>0\alpha_j > 0αj​>0 or a unit tardiness penalty βj>0\beta_j > 0βj​>0:

Ej=(d−Cj−uj)+,Tj=(Cj−d−vj)+,f(d)=∑j=1n(αjEj+βjTj).E_j = (d - C_j - u_j)^+,\qquad T_j = (C_j - d - v_j)^+,\qquad f(d) = \sum_{j=1}^n \bigl(\alpha_j E_j + \beta_j T_j\bigr).Ej​=(d−Cj​−uj​)+,Tj​=(Cj​−d−vj​)+,f(d)=j=1∑n​(αj​Ej​+βj​Tj​).

The tolerances are small compared with the processing times: pj−vj−ui>0p_j - v_j - u_i > 0pj​−vj​−ui​>0 for distinct jobs i≠ji \ne ji=j. Under this condition at most one job can avoid penalty costs. A due date is optimal if it minimizes fff over R\mathbb RR, and the least optimal due date is the smallest optimal one. The paper minimizes ddd as a secondary criterion when there are alternative optima.

In Lean the model is BakerScudder1990.Tolerance.Instance n, with fields p u v α β : Fin n → ℝ, completion times I.C, earliness I.earliness d, tardiness I.tardiness d, total penalty I.cost d, and the predicates I.IsOptimalDueDate and I.IsLeastOptimalDueDate.

Formalization targets

Goal: Property IV(G)

Let ddd be the least optimal due date and let bbb be the number of jobs with Tj=0T_j = 0Tj​=0. Then a least optimal due date exists, and exactly one of the following holds:

Cb=d+vbwith∑i<bαi<∑i≥bβi,  ∑i<bαi≥∑i>bβi,Cb=d−ubwith∑i<bαi<∑i>bβi,  ∑i≤bαi≥∑i>bβi.\begin{aligned} C_b &= d + v_b \quad\text{with}\quad \textstyle\sum_{i<b}\alpha_i < \sum_{i\ge b}\beta_i,\ \ \sum_{i<b}\alpha_i \ge \sum_{i>b}\beta_i,\\ C_b &= d - u_b \quad\text{with}\quad \textstyle\sum_{i<b}\alpha_i < \sum_{i>b}\beta_i,\ \ \sum_{i\le b}\alpha_i \ge \sum_{i>b}\beta_i. \end{aligned}Cb​Cb​​=d+vb​with∑i<b​αi​<∑i≥b​βi​,  ∑i<b​αi​≥∑i>b​βi​,=d−ub​with∑i<b​αi​<∑i>b​βi​,  ∑i≤b​αi​≥∑i>b​βi​.​

The case labels follow the paper's proof. The printed statement swaps them (see Formalization scope).

Milestones

  1. Case 1 of the proof of III(G). Between the window of job j−1j-1j−1 and the window of job jjj, fff is affine with slope ∑i<jαi−∑i≥jβi\sum_{i<j}\alpha_i - \sum_{i\ge j}\beta_i∑i<j​αi​−∑i≥j​βi​. Before the first window and after the last, the slopes are −∑iβi-\sum_i\beta_i−∑i​βi​ and ∑iαi\sum_i\alpha_i∑i​αi​.
  2. Case 2 of the proof of III(G). Inside the window of job jjj, fff is affine with slope ∑i<jαi−∑i>jβi\sum_{i<j}\alpha_i - \sum_{i>j}\beta_i∑i<j​αi​−∑i>j​βi​.
  3. Property III(G). A least optimal due date exists, and at it some job completes at d−ujd - u_jd−uj​ or at d+vjd + v_jd+vj​.
  4. The two optimality conditions. The first pair of inequalities above makes Cj−vjC_j - v_jCj​−vj​ the least optimal due date, and the second pair makes Cj+ujC_j + u_jCj​+uj​ the least optimal due date.

Significance

III(G) reduces the choice of an optimal common due date for a given sequence to 2n2n2n candidates. IV(G) goes further and names the candidate directly from prefix and suffix sums of the penalties. Baker and Scudder use this to say which V-shaped sequences remain candidates for optimality, so that an enumeration over sequences can discard the others. With uj=vj=0u_j = v_j = 0uj​=vj​=0 the two properties reduce to the classical common-due-date conditions: some job completes exactly at ddd, and which one is fixed by a weighted-median condition.

The results are proved in the paper, so the formalization does not settle an open question. It produces a machine-checked version of the Appendix, with two printed errors corrected, and a reusable model of single-machine E/T costs with tolerance windows. No earliness/tardiness model or result was formalized on Prove2Me as of October 2026.

Difficulty

Each linear piece of fff is elementary. The work lies in showing that the pieces are the claimed ones: the tolerance condition must imply that a job before position jjj is early, and a job after it tardy, throughout each gap and window. That needs the ordering Ci+ui<Cj−vjC_i + u_i < C_j - v_jCi​+ui​<Cj​−vj​ for every i<ji < ji<j, not only for consecutive jobs. The second point is the least optimal due date. Optimality alone does not determine ddd on a flat stretch of fff, where every point is optimal and only the left end satisfies the strict inequalities. Existence of a least minimizer also has to be shown, from the two outer slopes and finitely many breakpoints. Finally, the count bbb of jobs without tardiness must be matched to the position of the critical job at both kinds of breakpoint.

Formalization scope

  • Jobs are indexed by 0-based positions Fin n, so the paper's job bbb is position k=b−1k = b - 1k=b−1 and the goal states the count of untardy jobs as k+1k+1k+1. Data are real numbers. (x)+(x)^+(x)+ is max 0 x.
  • The sequence starts at time 000 and ddd ranges over all of R\mathbb RR; this is the unrestricted problem, which is the one where the paper asserts III(G) and IV(G). Shifting the start time is equivalent to shifting ddd.
  • "In an optimal schedule" is read for a fixed sequence and its least optimal due date. If a sequence and due date are jointly optimal with ddd least among such optima, then ddd is the least optimal due date for that sequence, so this reading implies the paper's.
  • The tolerance condition is assumed only for distinct jobs. That is a weaker hypothesis than the literal "for all pairs (i,j)(i,j)(i,j)", so the theorems are stronger.
  • Errata, corrected and disclosed. (i) IV(G) is printed (p. 30 and p. 35) with its two case labels swapped relative to its own proof. One job with u1,v1>0u_1, v_1 > 0u1​,v1​>0 has least optimal due date C1−v1C_1 - v_1C1​−v1​, so C1=d+v1C_1 = d + v_1C1​=d+v1​ while the first condition pair holds. (ii) In Cases 1 and 2 the identity is printed as f(S)−f(S′)=[… ]εf(S) - f(S') = [\dots]\varepsilonf(S)−f(S′)=[…]ε; the correct one is f(S′)−f(S)=[… ]εf(S') - f(S) = [\dots]\varepsilonf(S′)−f(S)=[…]ε. The milestone texts are quoted as printed; the Lean states the corrected mathematics.
  • Existence of a least optimal due date is a conjunct of III(G) and of IV(G), and both assume n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. A version quantifying only over least optimal due dates without existence would be vacuous. A version for every optimal due date would be false. Neither is acceptable.
  • The optimality conditions are stated as sufficient. Their converse fails when uj=vj=0u_j = v_j = 0uj​=vj​=0.
  • Properties I and II (no inserted idle time, V-shaped sequences) are quoted in the paper, not proved there, and are not formalized. Optimization over sequences is out of scope.
  • Welcome contributions: proofs of the two slope identities (finite sums of max 0 terms with a sign determined on each piece), a general lemma that a convex piecewise-linear coercive function on R\mathbb RR attains its least minimizer at a breakpoint, and the special cases u=v=0u = v = 0u=v=0 as corollaries.

Selected references

  • K. R. Baker and G. D. Scudder, Sequencing with earliness and tardiness penalties: a review, Operations Research 38(1) (1990) 22–36. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.38.1.22
  • J. J. Kanet, Minimizing the average deviation of job completion times about a common due date, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 28 (1981) 643–651 (as cited in Baker and Scudder 1990).
  • U. Bagchi, R. S. Sullivan and Y.-L. Chang, Minimizing mean absolute deviation of completion times about a common due date, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 33 (1986) 227–240 (as cited in Baker and Scudder 1990).
  • T. C. E. Cheng, Optimal common due date with limited completion time deviation, Computers & Operations Research 15 (1988) 91–96 (as cited in Baker and Scudder 1990).
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Scheduling of a Single Machine to Minimize Total Weighted Completion Time: Delayed SWPT Has Competitive Ratio 2Research Paper

Motivation

A single machine must process nnn jobs that arrive over time. Job jjj is released at time rjr_jrj​, needs pjp_jpj​ units of uninterrupted processing, and has weight wj>0w_j > 0wj​>0; the goal is to minimize the total weighted completion time ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_j C_j∑j​wj​Cj​. Offline, with all release dates equal to zero, Smith's rule (sequence by nondecreasing pj/wjp_j/w_jpj​/wj​) is optimal (Smith 1956); with arbitrary release dates the problem 1 ∣ rj ∣ ∑wjCj1\,|\,r_j\,|\,\sum w_j C_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​ is strongly NP-hard (Lenstra, Rinnooy Kan and Brucker 1977).

In the online version the scheduler learns of job jjj only at time rjr_jrj​, and at each moment must either start a released job or keep the machine idle. Its quality is measured by its competitive ratio: the worst case, over all instances, of the ratio between the online schedule's cost and the offline optimum. Release-date scheduling is one of the basic test cases of online optimization.

Timeline:

  • 1996. Hoogeveen and Vestjens show that no online algorithm has competitive ratio below 2, even with equal weights, and give the 2-competitive algorithm Delayed SPT for equal weights.
  • 1997. Hall, Schulz, Shmoys and Wein give a (3+ε)(3+\varepsilon)(3+ε)-competitive algorithm for arbitrary weights, based on geometric intervals and linear programming.
  • 1998. Phillips, Stein and Wein give another 2-competitive algorithm for equal weights, which does not extend to arbitrary weights.
  • 2002. Goemans, Queyranne, Schulz, Skutella and Wang obtain a (1+2)(1+\sqrt2)(1+2​)-competitive deterministic algorithm from an LP relaxation.
  • 2004. Anderson and Potts show that Delayed SWPT has competitive ratio exactly 2 for arbitrary positive weights, matching the lower bound.

Setting

An instance has jobs j∈J={1,…,n}j \in J = \{1,\dots,n\}j∈J={1,…,n} with integer release dates rj≥0r_j \ge 0rj​≥0, integer processing times pj≥1p_j \ge 1pj​≥1 and real weights wj>0w_j > 0wj​>0. A schedule assigns each job an integer start time SjS_jSj​. It is feasible if Sj≥rjS_j \ge r_jSj​≥rj​ for every jjj and no two intervals [Sj,Sj+pj)[S_j, S_j + p_j)[Sj​,Sj​+pj​) overlap; idle time is allowed. Its cost is C(S)=∑jwj(Sj+pj)C(S) = \sum_j w_j (S_j + p_j)C(S)=∑j​wj​(Sj​+pj​).

Delayed SWPT runs over unit time slots [t,t+1)[t, t+1)[t,t+1). When the machine is available at time ttt, it looks at the jobs released by ttt and not yet started, and selects one with the smallest ratio pj/wjp_j/w_jpj​/wj​. Ties go to the smaller pjp_jpj​, then to the smaller index. If pj≤tp_j \le tpj​≤t, it starts jjj at ttt and the machine is busy until t+pjt + p_jt+pj​. Otherwise the machine stays idle and the rule is applied again at t+1t+1t+1. The resulting schedule is written π\piπ, or dswpt I in Lean. In particular no job starts before time pjp_jpj​.

The proof uses three auxiliary problems:

  • the doubled problem (2P), with data (2rj,2pj,wj)(2r_j, 2p_j, w_j)(2rj​,2pj​,wj​);
  • the extended problem (E), with release dates rj′=max⁡{pj,f(rj)}r'_j = \max\{p_j, f(r_j)\}rj′​=max{pj​,f(rj​)}, where f(t)f(t)f(t) is the first time at or after ttt at which π\piπ leaves the machine free;
  • one unit-length gap job gtg_tgt​ for each slot [t,t+1)[t,t+1)[t,t+1) in which Delayed SWPT idles although a job jjj is available. The gap job has release date f(rj)f(r_j)f(rj​) and weight wj/pjw_j/p_jwj​/pj​.

The schedule πE\pi_EπE​ of (E) runs the original jobs as in π\piπ and each gtg_tgt​ in [t,t+1)[t,t+1)[t,t+1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8

min⁡{ρ  :  ∑jwjCj(π)≤ρ∑jwjCj(S) for every instance and every feasible schedule S}=2.\min\Bigl\{\rho \;:\; \sum_j w_j C_j(\pi) \le \rho \sum_j w_j C_j(S)\ \text{for every instance and every feasible schedule } S\Bigr\} = 2.min{ρ:j∑​wj​Cj​(π)≤ρj∑​wj​Cj​(S) for every instance and every feasible schedule S}=2.

Lean: IsLeast {ρ | ∀ n I S, IsFeasible I.r I.p S → cost I.w I.p (dswpt I) ≤ ρ * cost I.w I.p S} 2. Both halves are required: the upper bound 222 and the fact that no smaller constant is valid for this algorithm.

Milestones

  1. πj≥pj\pi_j \ge p_jπj​≥pj​ for every job (§2) and rj′≤max⁡{2rj,pj}r'_j \le \max\{2r_j, p_j\}rj′​≤max{2rj​,pj​} (§3.2).
  2. πE\pi_EπE​ is feasible for (E) (§3.2).
  3. Lemma 1. If π∗\pi^*π∗ and μ∗\mu^*μ∗ are optimal for (P) and (2P), then C(μ∗)=2 C(π∗)C(\mu^*) = 2\,C(\pi^*)C(μ∗)=2C(π∗).
  4. Lemma 2. πE\pi_EπE​ is optimal for (E).
  5. Lemma 3. If μ∗\mu^*μ∗ is optimal for (2P) and a feasible σE\sigma_EσE​ for (E) satisfies
∑j∈JwjCj(σE)+∑g∈GwgCg(σE)≤∑j∈JwjCj(μ∗)+∑g∈GwgCg(πE),(1)\sum_{j\in J} w_j C_j(\sigma_E) + \sum_{g\in G} w_g C_g(\sigma_E) \le \sum_{j\in J} w_j C_j(\mu^*) + \sum_{g\in G} w_g C_g(\pi_E), \tag{1}j∈J∑​wj​Cj​(σE​)+g∈G∑​wg​Cg​(σE​)≤j∈J∑​wj​Cj​(μ∗)+g∈G∑​wg​Cg​(πE​),(1)

then C(π)≤2 C(S)C(\pi) \le 2\,C(S)C(π)≤2C(S) for every feasible SSS. 6. Inequality (1) holds for some feasible σE\sigma_EσE​, for every optimal μ∗\mu^*μ∗ of (2P) (§§3.4–3.6).

Significance

The theorem shows that a deterministic online algorithm can match the lower bound of Hoogeveen and Vestjens for arbitrary positive weights. This settles the best competitive ratio for deterministic online algorithms for 1 ∣ rj ∣ ∑wjCj1\,|\,r_j\,|\,\sum w_j C_j1∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​. The algorithm needs no linear program. The analysis also does not compare the algorithm with a lower bound on the optimum. Instead it shows that the online schedule is optimal for a modified problem (E), and it converts an optimal schedule of (2P) into a schedule of (E).

The result was proved on paper in 2004. Neither Mathlib nor the Prove2Me catalog contains a machine-checked proof of it, or of any competitive ratio for online scheduling with release dates. This mission provides several reusable pieces:

  • an executable, verified-terminating definition of an online scheduling rule;
  • the doubling lemma for release-date problems;
  • the optimality criterion behind Lemma 2;
  • the block-by-block exchange argument of §§3.3–3.6.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at Lemma 2. Delayed SWPT is far from optimal for (P) itself, and its idle time is unbounded in relative terms. The proof therefore has to show that the inserted gap jobs make every idle slot "justified", so that a preemptive best-available argument becomes valid for (E). That argument rests on an optimality criterion of Belouadah, Posner and Potts (1992), which is not in Mathlib.

The second difficulty is inequality (1). Once μ∗\mu^*μ∗ is doubled and the gap jobs are inserted, nongap jobs must be shifted, and the gain of each gap-generating job must be charged against the delay of the gap jobs in its block. That accounting (Lemmas 4–7 of the paper) is an induction over blocks with signed differences of completion times.

The natural first idea, plain online SWPT (start the available job with the smallest pj/wjp_j/w_jpj​/wj​ whenever the machine is free), has no finite competitive ratio (Example 1 of the paper), so the delay πj≥pj\pi_j \ge p_jπj​≥pj​ is essential to the bound and must be tracked through the whole argument.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Data. Jobs are Fin n (0-based, so "smallest index" is the order of Fin n). Times are natural numbers, the paper's standing integer-data assumption (p. 688), and weights are real. Every instance carries pj≥1p_j \ge 1pj​≥1 and wj>0w_j > 0wj​>0.
  • Schedules and optimality. Schedules are integer start times. Feasibility, cost and optimality are defined for any finite job type, so (E), with job type Fin n ⊕ gapTimes I, uses the same notions. "Optimal" means optimal among all feasible nonpreemptive schedules with integer start times.
  • The algorithm. Delayed SWPT is a def: a unit-time simulation that compares ratios by cross-multiplication and re-applies the rule at every slot. It runs to the horizon ∑j(rj+2pj)+1\sum_j (r_j + 2p_j) + 1∑j​(rj​+2pj​)+1. A sorry-free check (not uploaded) shows that every job has started by then, and that the simulation reproduces Examples 3 and 4 of the paper, including the gap times 0,2,3,4,5,60,2,3,4,5,60,2,3,4,5,6 of Table 2.
  • Completion times. In (2P) the completion time is μj∗+2pj\mu^*_j + 2p_jμj∗​+2pj​, and gap jobs have unit length.

The goal quantifies over every feasible schedule of every instance. It cannot be met by restricting the competitor to schedules without idle time or to list schedules, by dropping release-date feasibility, or by leaving jobs unscheduled.

Out of scope:

  • The general lower bound "no online algorithm beats 2" (Example 2 of the paper, due to Hoogeveen and Vestjens) is not part of the mission. The lower half of the goal concerns Delayed SWPT only.
  • The Belouadah–Posner–Potts optimality criterion is an external ingredient of Lemma 2. Solvers may formalize it as a supporting theorem.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs:

  • simulation invariants for the algorithm;
  • exchange and left-shift arguments for single-machine schedules;
  • the job-splitting relaxation behind the best-available criterion.

The schedule vocabulary and the criterion are reusable for other release-date scheduling results. Contributions toward the block lemmas of §§3.3–3.6 (Lemmas 4–7, the bound (9)) are welcome as supporting theorems.

Selected references

  • E. J. Anderson and C. N. Potts, Online Scheduling of a Single Machine to Minimize Total Weighted Completion Time, Mathematics of Operations Research 29(3), 686–697, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0092
  • J. A. Hoogeveen and A. P. A. Vestjens, Optimal On-Line Algorithms for Single-Machine Scheduling, IPCO 1996, LNCS 1084, 404–414. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-61310-2_30
  • L. A. Hall, A. S. Schulz, D. B. Shmoys and J. Wein, Scheduling to Minimize Average Completion Time: Off-line and On-line Approximation Algorithms, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(3), 513–544, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.3.513
  • C. Phillips, C. Stein and J. Wein, Minimizing Average Completion Time in the Presence of Release Dates, Mathematical Programming 82, 199–223, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01585872
  • M. X. Goemans, M. Queyranne, A. S. Schulz, M. Skutella and Y. Wang, Single Machine Scheduling with Release Dates, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 15(2), 165–192, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S089548019936223X
  • H. Belouadah, M. E. Posner and C. N. Potts, Scheduling with Release Dates on a Single Machine to Minimize Total Weighted Completion Time, Discrete Applied Mathematics 36(3), 213–231, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-218X(92)90255-9
  • J. K. Lenstra, A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan and P. Brucker, Complexity of Machine Scheduling Problems, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 1, 343–362, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-5060(08)70743-X
  • W. E. Smith, Various Optimizers for Single-Stage Production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3, 59–66, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Correlated Equilibrium as an Expression of Bayesian Rationality I: Bayes Rationality at Every State Yields Exactly the Correlated Equilibrium DistributionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Nash equilibrium is the standard solution concept for strategic games, but it is usually justified by appeal to what players "would" do once they somehow coordinate on a profile. Correlated equilibrium, introduced by Aumann (J. Math. Econ. 1, 1974), enlarges the set of outcomes by letting players condition their actions on correlated private signals. In Correlated Equilibrium as an Expression of Bayesian Rationality (Econometrica 55, 1987), Aumann gave the concept a decision-theoretic foundation: if the players share a common prior over the states of the world and each player maximizes expected utility given his information at every state, then what they play is a correlated equilibrium — and every correlated equilibrium arises this way. The result is a standard entry point to the epistemic foundations of game theory, and correlated equilibria are central in algorithmic game theory because no-swap-regret learning dynamics converge to them (Foster–Vohra 1997; Hart–Mas-Colell 2000).

Timeline:

  • 1974, Aumann: correlated equilibrium defined, in a measure-theoretic model with subjective probabilities and information σ-fields.
  • 1987, Aumann: the Main Theorem (Bayes rationality at every state under a common prior implies correlated equilibrium play) and its converse, in a finite model with information partitions.

Setting

A game GGG in strategic form has players iii, action sets SiS^iSi, action nnn-tuples s∈S=S1×⋯×Sns\in S=S^1\times\dots\times S^ns∈S=S1×⋯×Sn, and payoffs hi(s)∈Rh^i(s)\in\mathbb Rhi(s)∈R.

A correlated strategy nnn-tuple is a function f:Γ→Sf:\Gamma\to Sf:Γ→S on a finite probability space (Γ,q)(\Gamma,q)(Γ,q), with q≥0q\ge 0q≥0 and ∑γq(γ)=1\sum_\gamma q(\gamma)=1∑γ​q(γ)=1. Its expected payoff is Ehi(f)=∑γq(γ)hi(f(γ))Eh^i(f)=\sum_\gamma q(\gamma)h^i(f(\gamma))Ehi(f)=∑γ​q(γ)hi(f(γ)). For gi:Γ→Sig^i:\Gamma\to S^igi:Γ→Si, the profile (f−i,gi)(f^{-i},g^i)(f−i,gi) replaces player iii's coordinate of fff by gig^igi. The function fff is a correlated equilibrium (Definition 2.1) if

Ehi(f) ≥ Ehi(f−i,gi)(2.2)Eh^i(f)\ \ge\ Eh^i(f^{-i},g^i)\qquad(2.2)Ehi(f) ≥ Ehi(f−i,gi)(2.2)

for every player iii and every gig^igi that is a function of fif^ifi (i.e. gi=φ∘fig^i=\varphi\circ f^igi=φ∘fi). The distribution of fff assigns to each s∈Ss\in Ss∈S the number q{f−1(s)}q\{f^{-1}(s)\}q{f−1(s)}, and a correlated equilibrium distribution (c.e.d.) is the distribution of some correlated equilibrium.

An information system consists of a finite set Ω\OmegaΩ of states of the world, a common prior ppp on Ω\OmegaΩ, an information partition Pi\mathcal P^iPi of Ω\OmegaΩ for each player, and action functions si:Ω→Si\mathbf s^i:\Omega\to S^isi:Ω→Si with s=(s1,…,sn)\mathbf s=(\mathbf s^1,\dots,\mathbf s^n)s=(s1,…,sn), each si\mathbf s^isi constant on the elements of Pi\mathcal P^iPi (each player knows his own action). For a random variable xxx, E(x∣Pi)(ω)E(x\mid\mathcal P^i)(\omega)E(x∣Pi)(ω) is the ppp-average of xxx over the element of Pi\mathcal P^iPi containing ω\omegaω. Player iii is Bayes rational at ω\omegaω if

E(hi(s)∣Pi)(ω) ≥ E(hi(s−i,a)∣Pi)(ω)for every a∈Si.E\big(h^i(\mathbf s)\mid\mathcal P^i\big)(\omega)\ \ge\ E\big(h^i(\mathbf s^{-i},a)\mid\mathcal P^i\big)(\omega)\quad\text{for every }a\in S^i .E(hi(s)∣Pi)(ω) ≥ E(hi(s−i,a)∣Pi)(ω)for every a∈Si.

Formalization targets

Goal: Main Theorem with its converse

Q is a c.e.d. of G  ⟺  ∃ information system (Ω,p,(Pi),s): every player is Bayes rational at every state, and Q(a)=p{s=a} ∀a.Q\ \text{is a c.e.d. of }G\iff\exists\ \text{information system }(\Omega,p,(\mathcal P^i),\mathbf s):\ \text{every player is Bayes rational at every state, and } Q(a)=p\{\mathbf s=a\}\ \forall a.Q is a c.e.d. of G⟺∃ information system (Ω,p,(Pi),s): every player is Bayes rational at every state, and Q(a)=p{s=a} ∀a.

This is the two-sided statement the paper announces in its introduction (p. 2) and closes in Sect. 4d (p. 11): "under Bayesian rationality, the set of all information systems corresponds precisely to the set of all correlated equilibria."

Milestones

  1. Main Theorem, proof: summing the cell-wise inequalities over the partition, Ehi(s−i,gi)≤Ehi(s)Eh^i(\mathbf s^{-i},g^i)\le Eh^i(\mathbf s)Ehi(s−i,gi)≤Ehi(s) for gig^igi constant on the cells of Pi\mathcal P^iPi.
  2. Main Theorem, proof: s\mathbf ss itself is a correlated equilibrium on (Ω,p)(\Omega,p)(Ω,p).
  3. Main Theorem (p. 7): the distribution of s\mathbf ss is a c.e.d.
  4. Sect. 4d: in the system generated by fff (partitions generated by fif^ifi), Bayes rationality everywhere is equivalent to (2.2).
  5. Sect. 4d: every correlated equilibrium is realized by a Bayes-rational information system with the same distribution.

The mission also states, as a supporting lemma without a milestone, the cell-wise step of the proof of the Main Theorem: Bayes rationality at every state gives E(hi(s−i,gi)∣P)≤E(hi(s)∣P)E(h^i(\mathbf s^{-i},g^i)\mid P)\le E(h^i(\mathbf s)\mid P)E(hi(s−i,gi)∣P)≤E(hi(s)∣P) on every cell PPP for gig^igi constant on cells.

Significance

The theorem identifies correlated equilibrium as the outcome of individual Bayesian decision making under a common prior, without any assumption that players randomize or that their choices are independent. It shows that the Nash equilibrium's independence requirement is not implied by rationality alone, and it is the template for later epistemic characterizations of solution concepts. On the computational side, correlated equilibrium distributions form a polytope described by linear inequalities (the companion mission of this series), which is why they are the tractable equilibrium notion in algorithmic game theory.

The result is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked formalization known to this mission. Formalizing it pins down the exact role of the standing assumptions — finiteness, a common prior, measurability of each player's action with respect to his own partition, rationality at every state — and of the conditional expectation on cells of probability zero. The definitions (information systems, Bayes rationality, correlated equilibria as functions on a finite probability space) are reusable for later formalizations of the paper's Sect. 5 (subjective correlated equilibrium) and of other epistemic results.

Difficulty

The mathematics is short; the difficulty lies in the bookkeeping that the paper's notation hides. The hypothesis is interim (a conditional inequality at each state), while Definition 2.1 is ex ante (an unconditional inequality). Passing between them requires the law of total expectation over a partition whose cells may have probability zero, where conditional expectations are undefined. Deviations in Definition 2.1 are functions of fif^ifi, not arbitrary maps, and must be shown constant on cells, which uses measurability of si\mathbf s^isi. A tempting first idea — that rationality against every fixed action already gives rationality against every deviation — fails without measurability: a player who does not know his own action could be rational at each state against constant deviations while a deviation φ∘si\varphi\circ\mathbf s^iφ∘si varies inside his cells. The converse direction needs an information system that satisfies every axiom of the goal's right-hand side, not just one that is Bayes rational.

Formalization scope

  • Players form a finite type ι with decidable equality; action sets S i are arbitrary types (the paper's finiteness of SiS^iSi is not used); payoffs are h : ι → (∀ i, S i) → ℝ.
  • Probability spaces are finite types with a real weight vector satisfying AGT.IsLottery (from the published definition agt_games). State spaces and the witnessing probability spaces of a c.e.d. range over Type; for finite sets this loses nothing.
  • Partitions are Setoids. The Common Prior Assumption is built into the information system, which has a single prior. Measurability of each action function is a field of the structure.
  • Conditional expectation on a cell is a ratio of finite sums; on a cell of probability zero Lean returns 000, so Bayes rationality at such states holds vacuously. The prior is not required to have full support. This matches the paper, whose argument multiplies each cell inequality by the cell's probability.
  • Deviations in Definition 2.1 are exactly the compositions φ∘fi\varphi\circ f^iφ∘fi; neither all maps nor only constant maps. A c.e.d. requires a genuine probability vector, ruling out the trivializing reading in which the zero weight function witnesses every QQQ.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general law-of-total-expectation lemma for finite partitions, and lemmas relating distr to sums over action profiles.

Selected references

  • R. J. Aumann, Correlated Equilibrium as an Expression of Bayesian Rationality, Econometrica 55 (1987), no. 1, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911154
  • R. J. Aumann, Subjectivity and Correlation in Randomized Strategies, Journal of Mathematical Economics 1 (1974), 67–96. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(74)90037-8
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated Learning and Correlated Equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21 (1997), 40–55. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0595
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A Simple Adaptive Procedure Leading to Correlated Equilibrium, Econometrica 68 (2000), 1127–1150. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00153
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources IV: Every Feasible Schedule Obeys a Minimal Delaying Mode of Each Forbidden SetTextbook

Motivation

Resource-constrained project scheduling with general temporal constraints, written PS∣temp∣Cmax⁡PS|temp|C_{\max}PS∣temp∣Cmax​, asks for start times of the activities of a project that respect minimum and maximum time lags between activities and the capacities of renewable resources (staff, machines, reactors), and that minimize the project duration. Deciding whether a feasible schedule exists at all is already NP-complete (Bartusch, Möhring and Radermacher, 1988), so exact methods are branch-and-bound procedures. The dominant family, going back to De Reyck and Herroelen (1998) and presented in Chapter 2 of Neumann, Schwindt and Zimmermann's monograph, branches on resource conflicts: whenever the currently computed schedule overloads a resource at some time ttt, the set of activities in progress at ttt is a forbidden set, and the node is split into children, each of which adds precedence constraints that resolve the conflict.

Such a scheme is only correct if the children together retain every feasible schedule. Theorem 2.5.7 of the book is exactly this completeness guarantee, and it is the reason the enumeration can be restricted to the small family of minimal delaying modes instead of arbitrary ways of breaking up a conflict. The same section also contains the preprocessing results (§2.5.2) that exploit two-element forbidden sets before any branching happens. This mission formalizes both.

Setting

A project has activities V={0,1,…,n+1}V=\{0,1,\dots,n+1\}V={0,1,…,n+1} with n≥1n\ge1n≥1; activity 000 is the project beginning and n+1n+1n+1 the project completion, both of duration 000, and every real activity i∈{1,…,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}i∈{1,…,n} has an integer duration pi>0p_i>0pi​>0. The project network NNN has arc set EEE and integer arc weights δij\delta_{ij}δij​; the arc ⟨i,j⟩\langle i,j\rangle⟨i,j⟩ imposes the temporal constraint Sj−Si≥δijS_j-S_i\ge\delta_{ij}Sj​−Si​≥δij​. A finite set R\mathcal RR of renewable resources is given; resource kkk has capacity Rk∈NR_k\in\mathbb NRk​∈N and activity iii uses rik∈Z≥0r_{ik}\in\mathbb Z_{\ge0}rik​∈Z≥0​ units of it, with rik≤Rkr_{ik}\le R_krik​≤Rk​ and r0k=rn+1,k=0r_{0k}=r_{n+1,k}=0r0k​=rn+1,k​=0.

A schedule is a vector S=(Si)i∈VS=(S_i)_{i\in V}S=(Si​)i∈V​ of real start times with S0=0S_0=0S0​=0 and Si≥0S_i\ge0Si​≥0. The active set at time ttt is A(S,t)={i∈V∣Si≤t<Si+pi}\mathcal A(S,t)=\{i\in V\mid S_i\le t<S_i+p_i\}A(S,t)={i∈V∣Si​≤t<Si​+pi​}. The schedule is time-feasible if it satisfies all temporal constraints, resource-feasible if

∑i∈A(S,t)rik≤Rk(k∈R, t≥0),\sum_{i\in\mathcal A(S,t)}r_{ik}\le R_k\qquad(k\in\mathcal R,\ t\ge0),i∈A(S,t)∑​rik​≤Rk​(k∈R, t≥0),

and feasible if it is both; S\mathcal SS denotes the set of feasible schedules.

A set F⊆VF\subseteq VF⊆V is forbidden if ∑i∈Frik>Rk\sum_{i\in F}r_{ik}>R_k∑i∈F​rik​>Rk​ for some kkk, a feasible set otherwise, and minimal forbidden if no proper subset is forbidden. For a forbidden FFF, a set B⊆FB\subseteq FB⊆F is a delaying alternative if F∖BF\setminus BF∖B is feasible, and a minimal delaying alternative if no proper subset of BBB is one. A minimal delaying mode for FFF is a pair (i,B)(i,B)(i,B) with BBB a minimal delaying alternative for FFF and i∈F∖Bi\in F\setminus Bi∈F∖B.

For §2.5.2, fix an integer upper bound UBUBUB on the project duration. The temporal scheduling network N+N^+N+ adds to NNN the arc ⟨n+1,0⟩\langle n+1,0\rangle⟨n+1,0⟩ with weight δn+1,0=−UB\delta_{n+1,0}=-UBδn+1,0​=−UB, and dijd_{ij}dij​ is the longest path length from iii to jjj in N+N^+N+ (−∞-\infty−∞ if there is no path, dii=0d_{ii}=0dii​=0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.5.7 (p. 49)

For every forbidden set FFF and every feasible schedule S∈SS\in\mathcal SS∈S there is a minimal delaying mode (i,B)(i,B)(i,B) for FFF with

Sj≥Si+pi(j∈B).S_j\ge S_i+p_i\qquad(j\in B).Sj​≥Si​+pi​(j∈B).

FFF is arbitrary (not necessarily minimal); BBB must be a minimal delaying alternative and iii must lie outside BBB.

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (2.5.2)–(2.5.3), p. 46. BBB is a minimal delaying alternative for a forbidden FFF iff F∖BF\setminus BF∖B is a maximal feasible subset of FFF, iff B⊆FB\subseteq FB⊆F,
∑i∈F∖Brik≤Rk (k∈R)and∀j∈B ∃k: ∑i∈F∖Brik+rjk>Rk.\sum_{i\in F\setminus B}r_{ik}\le R_k\ (k\in\mathcal R)\quad\text{and}\quad\forall j\in B\ \exists k:\ \sum_{i\in F\setminus B}r_{ik}+r_{jk}>R_k.i∈F∖B∑​rik​≤Rk​ (k∈R)and∀j∈B ∃k: i∈F∖B∑​rik​+rjk​>Rk​.
  1. Bartusch et al.'s criterion (proof of Theorem 2.3.10, p. 35). A schedule is resource-feasible iff every minimal forbidden set FFF contains distinct i,ji,ji,j with Sj≥Si+piS_j\ge S_i+p_iSj​≥Si​+pi​.
  2. Lemma 2.5.5, p. 49. A minimal delaying alternative for FFF is an inclusion-minimal set meeting every minimal forbidden F′⊆FF'\subseteq FF′⊆F.
  3. Theorem 2.5.11, p. 55. If {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j} is a two-element forbidden set with dij<pid_{ij}<p_idij​<pi​ and dij>−pjd_{ij}>-p_jdij​>−pj​, then every feasible SSS with Sn+1≤UBS_{n+1}\le UBSn+1​≤UB satisfies Sj≥Si+piS_j\ge S_i+p_iSj​≥Si​+pi​.
  4. Eq. (2.5.7), p. 55. If for a two-element forbidden set {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j} neither dij>−pjd_{ij}>-p_jdij​>−pj​ nor dji>−pid_{ji}>-p_idji​>−pi​ holds, then for all h,l∈Vh,l\in Vh,l∈V and every feasible SSS with Sn+1≤UBS_{n+1}\le UBSn+1​≤UB,
Sl≥Sh+min⁡(dhi+pi+djl, dhj+pj+dil).S_l\ge S_h+\min\bigl(d_{hi}+p_i+d_{jl},\ d_{hj}+p_j+d_{il}\bigr).Sl​≥Sh​+min(dhi​+pi​+djl​, dhj​+pj​+dil​).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.5.7 is the completeness statement of the De Reyck–Herroelen enumeration scheme (Algorithm 2.5.8): if every child of a conflict node imposes the precedence constraints i→ji\to ji→j (j∈Bj\in Bj∈B) of one minimal delaying mode (i,B)(i,B)(i,B), the children's order polyhedra together contain all feasible schedules of the parent. Proposition 2.5.9(a), the correctness of the whole branch-and-bound procedure, rests on it. Because the objective does not enter, the book reuses the theorem for the regular and nonregular objectives of Chapter 3. Theorem 2.5.11 and inequality (2.5.7) are the preprocessing rules that shrink the time-feasible region before enumeration: each adds temporal constraints that every feasible schedule within the bound already satisfies, which raises the lower bound ESn+1ES_{n+1}ESn+1​ and prunes the enumeration.

Formalizing it. All statements are proved in the book (Bartusch et al.'s criterion is quoted from their 1988 paper with the necessity argument sketched). None of them has a machine-checked proof; the Prove2Me catalog contains precedence-only scheduling models (Brucker–Knust) and acyclic event networks (Kelley–Walker) but no model with time windows and forbidden sets. The mission produces a reusable library of forbidden sets, delaying alternatives and longest-path distances in networks with maximum time lags.

Difficulty

The obvious idea — pick any two overlapping activities and delay one — does not give a minimal delaying alternative with a single delaying activity iii common to all of BBB. The proof has to pass from the pairwise separations that resource-feasibility guarantees in each minimal forbidden subset to a set BBB that is simultaneously minimal as a delaying alternative and ordered behind one activity outside BBB. This needs the correspondence between delaying alternatives and hitting sets of the minimal forbidden subsets (Lemma 2.5.5) and the positivity of real durations to keep iii outside BBB. For the preprocessing results, the delicate part is relating longest paths in N+N^+N+, including the backward arc carrying −UB-UB−UB, to the start-time differences of every feasible schedule within the bound.

Formalization scope

Activities are Fin (n + 2), with n+1n+1n+1 as Fin.last (n + 1). Start times are real; durations, capacities, requirements and time lags are integers (natural numbers where the book says so). The standing assumptions of the book (at least one real activity, zero-duration dummies, positive durations of real activities, no loops, r0k=rn+1,k=0r_{0k}=r_{n+1,k}=0r0k​=rn+1,k​=0, rik≤Rkr_{ik}\le R_krik​≤Rk​, and paths in NNN from 000 to every node and from every node to n+1n+1n+1) are one hypothesis P.StandingAssumptions of every theorem.

Resource constraints are imposed for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0, not only for 0≤t≤dˉ0\le t\le\bar d0≤t≤dˉ as (2.1.4) literally writes. The book's proofs and Remark 2.3.11 use the t≥0t\ge0t≥0 reading; with the literal cut-off, schedules running past dˉ\bar ddˉ could violate capacities after dˉ\bar ddˉ, and Bartusch et al.'s criterion would fail.

Longest path lengths are maxima over simple paths, with values in WithBot ℝ (⊥ for −∞-\infty−∞). If N+N^+N+ has a cycle of positive length, no schedule satisfies the temporal constraints with Sn+1≤UBS_{n+1}\le UBSn+1​≤UB, and the statements using dijd_{ij}dij​ are vacuous, as in the book. The arc ⟨n+1,0⟩\langle n+1,0\rangle⟨n+1,0⟩ of N+N^+N+ has weight −UB-UB−UB, or max⁡(δn+1,0,−UB)\max(\delta_{n+1,0},-UB)max(δn+1,0​,−UB) if NNN already has such an arc. UBUBUB is an integer.

The goal is not trivial: it quantifies over minimal delaying modes only. A variant without the minimality of BBB, or allowing i∈Bi\in Bi∈B, would be nearly empty (take B=F∖{i}B=F\setminus\{i\}B=F∖{i}), and the statement here rules both out. Maximality in milestone 1 is taken among subsets of FFF.

Welcome contributions: the hitting-set correspondence between delaying alternatives and minimal forbidden subsets, the telescoping bound Sj−Si≥dijS_j-S_i\ge d_{ij}Sj​−Si​≥dij​ for feasible schedules, and proofs of any milestone. The definitions restate the setup of the series' earlier missions (II: order polyhedra) locally, because those are still drafts.

Selected references

  • K. Neumann, C. Schwindt, J. Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003, §2.5. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-24800-2
  • M. Bartusch, R. H. Möhring, F. J. Radermacher, Scheduling project networks with resource constraints and time windows, Annals of Operations Research 16 (1988) 201–240. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02283745
  • B. De Reyck, W. Herroelen, A branch-and-bound procedure for the resource-constrained project scheduling problem with generalized precedence relations, European Journal of Operational Research 111 (1998) 152–174. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0377-2217(97)00305-6
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStatisticsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VIII: Lindley's Integral Equation for the G/G/1 QueueTextbook

Why the G/G/1 queue

The single-server queue with general interarrival times and general service times, written G/G/1 in Kendall's notation, is the model left when every distributional assumption is removed from the classical single-server queue. Customers arrive one at a time, wait in line in first-come, first-served order, and are served one at a time. Almost nothing about it can be computed in closed form. What survives is a recursion for the waiting times of successive customers and the integral equation of its steady state, due to Lindley (Lindley, 1952). Every exact and approximate treatment of the G/G/1 waiting time, including the bounds of the next chapter of the book, starts from that equation.

This mission is the eighth of a series formalizing Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651). It covers Chapter 6, "General Models and Theoretical Topics". The chapter also treats the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation (§6.1), the M/D/c queue (§6.3) and maximum-likelihood estimation for M/M/1 (§6.7), which appear here as further milestones.

Timeline. Lindley (1952) derived the recursion and the integral equation and showed that a limiting waiting-time distribution exists when the mean service time is smaller than the mean interarrival time. Loynes (1962) gave the stationary solution as a supremum over the past of a random walk, for stationary rather than independent inputs. Clarke (1957) derived the maximum-likelihood estimators for M/M/1, and Crommelin (1932) the M/D/c generating function. Chaudhry, Harris and Marchal (1990) located the roots of the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation.

Setting

The interarrival times T(n)T^{(n)}T(n) are independent with common distribution AAA, the service times S(n)S^{(n)}S(n) are independent with common distribution BBB, and the two sequences are independent. Both AAA and BBB are lifetime laws: probability distributions on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The means are E[T]=1/λ\mathrm E[T]=1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ and E[S]=1/μ\mathrm E[S]=1/\muE[S]=1/μ, and the traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T]\rho=\lambda/\mu=\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T].

The line delay Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ of the nnnth customer satisfies Lindley's recursion

Wq(n+1)=max⁡(0,  Wq(n)+S(n)−T(n)).W_q^{(n+1)}=\max\bigl(0,\;W_q^{(n)}+S^{(n)}-T^{(n)}\bigr).Wq(n+1)​=max(0,Wq(n)​+S(n)−T(n)).

Write UUU for the distribution of S−TS-TS−T with S∼BS\sim BS∼B and T∼AT\sim AT∼A independent. Since Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ is independent of (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)},T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)), one step of the recursion sends the distribution ν\nuν of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ to the distribution of max⁡(0,W+U)\max(0,W+U)max(0,W+U) with W∼νW\sim\nuW∼ν independent of UUU. A stationary delay distribution is a probability distribution ν\nuν that this step maps to itself; its CDF is Wq(t)=ν((−∞,t])W_q(t)=\nu((-\infty,t])Wq​(t)=ν((−∞,t]).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lindley's equation (6.8)

If E[T]\mathrm E[T]E[T] and E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S] are finite and ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, then a stationary delay distribution exists, and the CDF of every stationary delay distribution satisfies

Wq(t)={∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)(0≤t<∞),0(t<0),U(x)=∫max⁡(0,x)∞B(y) dA(y−x).W_q(t)=\begin{cases}\displaystyle\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q(t-x)\,dU(x) & (0\le t<\infty),\\ 0 & (t<0),\end{cases} \qquad U(x)=\int_{\max(0,x)}^{\infty}B(y)\,dA(y-x).Wq​(t)=⎩⎨⎧​∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x)0​(0≤t<∞),(t<0),​U(x)=∫max(0,x)∞​B(y)dA(y−x).

The goal consists of the existence statement and the equation together. The equation alone is close to unfolding one step of the recursion. Existence is what ties it to a queue in steady state.

Milestones

  • (6.9), the CDF of U=S−TU=S-TU=S−T as a convolution of BBB and AAA.
  • The one-step convolution (p.285): Wq(n+1)(t)=∫−∞tWq(n)(t−x) dU(x)W_q^{(n+1)}(t)=\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q^{(n)}(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq(n+1)​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq(n)​(t−x)dU(x) for t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  • (6.10)–(6.12), the Wiener–Hopf form: Wq−(t)+Wq(t)=∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)W_q^-(t)+W_q(t)=\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq−​(t)+Wq​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) for all ttt, and Wˉq(s)=Wˉq−(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1)\bar W_q(s)=\bar W_q^-(s)/(A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1)Wˉq​(s)=Wˉq−​(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1) for two-sided Laplace transforms.
  • The G/E_k/1 root result (p.278): the characteristic equation zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)]z^k=A^*[k\mu(1-z)]zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)] has exactly one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), one in (−1,0)(-1,0)(−1,0) exactly when kkk is even, and, when A∗=[A1∗]kA^*=[A_1^*]^kA∗=[A1∗​]k, exactly kkk distinct roots in the open unit disk.
  • (6.18)–(6.20), the M/D/c generating function and p0p_0p0​ in terms of the roots of zc=e−λ(1−z)z^c=e^{-\lambda(1-z)}zc=e−λ(1−z).
  • (6.33), the maximum-likelihood estimators λ^=na/t\hat\lambda=n_a/tλ^=na​/t, μ^=nc/tb\hat\mu=n_c/t_bμ^​=nc​/tb​ for M/M/1.

Significance

Lindley's equation characterizes the stationary G/G/1 waiting time without any distributional assumption. The M/M/1, M/G/1 and G/M/1 waiting-time distributions of earlier chapters are its special cases. The transform relation (6.12) reduces the G/G/1 delay to a factorization problem for A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1. The recursion and the equation are the starting point of Kingman's bound, of heavy-traffic approximations and of simulation of single-server systems.

All of these results are classical and proved. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them is formalized. The platform's forward-coupling mission proves convergence to a stationary workload of a continuous-time queue that it assumes to exist. It proves neither the existence of a stationary law of Lindley's discrete recursion nor Lindley's equation. The mission therefore produces a machine-checked account of the G/G/1 recursion on distributions, a Loynes-type existence theorem for it, and the Wiener–Hopf transform identity. Its definitions (lifetime laws, the law of S−TS-TS−T, the law map of the recursion, two-sided transforms) are reusable for Kingman's bound in the next mission of the series.

Difficulty

The obvious route to existence is to iterate the recursion from Wq(0)=0W_q^{(0)}=0Wq(0)​=0 and take a limit. The distributions of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ from zero increase stochastically, but a limit of CDFs need not be a probability distribution: mass can escape to infinity, and it does when ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1. Ruling this out under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is the whole content of the existence half. It is a statement about the entire past of the input sequences, not about one step of the recursion, and the book asserts it without argument ("In the steady state (ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1) …", p.285).

The transform identity (6.12) needs the right strip of convergence, which the book does not state. A∗(−s)A^*(-s)A∗(−s) is finite only where the interarrival time has an exponential moment.

Formalization scope

Distributions are Mathlib measures on R\mathbb RR. AAA and BBB are probability measures with no mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0), with integrable identity where means are used. ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is stated as E[S]/E[T]<1\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]<1E[S]/E[T]<1 with E[T]>0\mathrm E[T]>0E[T]>0. Independence is encoded by product measures: UUU is the image of B⊗AB\otimes AB⊗A under (s,t)↦s−t(s,t)\mapsto s-t(s,t)↦s−t, and one step of the recursion is the image of ν⊗U\nu\otimes Uν⊗U under (w,u)↦max⁡(0,w+u)(w,u)\mapsto\max(0,w+u)(w,u)↦max(0,w+u). Stieltjes integrals over (−∞,t](-\infty,t](−∞,t] are Lebesgue integrals over the closed half-line, so the atom Wq(0)=q0W_q(0)=q_0Wq​(0)=q0​ is counted. Transforms take complex arguments.

The closed forms carried by the statements are the following.

  • (6.8), in both of the book's forms, ∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) and −∫0∞Wq(y) dU(t−y)-\int_0^\infty W_q(y)\,dU(t-y)−∫0∞​Wq​(y)dU(t−y).
  • (6.9) as an integral against the law of T+xT+xT+x.
  • U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s)U^*(s)=A^*(-s)B^*(s)U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s) and (6.12), for 0<Re⁡s0<\operatorname{Re}s0<Res with ∫e(Re⁡s)x dA(x)<∞\int e^{(\operatorname{Re}s)x}\,dA(x)<\infty∫e(Res)xdA(x)<∞. The division is stated only where A∗(−s)B∗(s)≠1A^*(-s)B^*(s)\ne1A∗(−s)B∗(s)=1.
  • (6.18) and (6.19) with the denominator 1−zceλ(1−z)1-z^ce^{\lambda(1-z)}1−zceλ(1−z) cleared on ∣z∣≤1|z|\le1∣z∣≤1, and (6.20) for c≥2c\ge2c≥2. The roots z1,…,zc−1z_1,\dots,z_{c-1}z1​,…,zc−1​ are hypotheses: distinct, ≠1\ne1=1, and exhausting the roots in the closed disk.
  • (6.33) as the unique maximizer of −λt−μtb+naln⁡λ+ncln⁡μ-\lambda t-\mu t_b+n_a\ln\lambda+n_c\ln\mu−λt−μtb​+na​lnλ+nc​lnμ over λ,μ>0\lambda,\mu>0λ,μ>0.

A stationary delay distribution is a fixed point of the law map of the recursion, not an arbitrary CDF assumed to satisfy (6.8). A statement of (6.8) for "any CDF with Wq=Wq∗UW_q=W_q*UWq​=Wq​∗U on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" would assume its own conclusion, and is excluded. The statement for M/D/c includes existence of a steady state under λ<c\lambda<cλ<c as well as the formula for every steady state.

Not formalized: §6.1.1–6.1.2 (G/PH_k/1, quasi-birth–death processes), §6.4 (semi-Markov processes, whose limit theorems the book quotes without hypotheses), §6.5 (random-order and last-come service, series representations), §6.6 (design and control), and the rest of §6.7.

Contributions are welcome on the random-walk representation of the recursion, on the existence theorem under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, and on the transform identities. The first two are reusable for any single-server or storage model driven by a reflected random walk.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. V. Lindley, "The theory of queues with a single server", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 48(2), 1952. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100027638
  • R. M. Loynes, "The stability of a queue with non-independent inter-arrival and service times", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 58(3), 1962. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036094
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1971.
  • A. B. Clarke, "Maximum likelihood estimates in a simple queue", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 28(4), 1957. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706796
  • M. L. Chaudhry, C. M. Harris, W. G. Marchal, "Robustness of rootfinding in single-server queueing models", ORSA Journal on Computing 2(3), 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/ijoc.2.3.273
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryLinear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources I: A Time-Feasible Schedule Exists iff the Project Network Has No Cycle of Positive LengthTextbook

Motivation

Project scheduling assigns start times to the activities of a project subject to constraints between them. The classical critical path method (CPM) of Kelley and Walker (1959) and the program evaluation and review technique (PERT) allow only minimum time lags: activity jjj may start no earlier than a given time after activity iii starts. Practice also needs maximum time lags: activity jjj must start no later than a given time after iii. These express deadlines, release dates, time windows and "no wait" couplings. Once maximum time lags are allowed, the project network has cycles and negative arc weights, and even the existence of a schedule is no longer automatic.

This mission is the first of a series on Neumann, Schwindt and Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources (2nd ed., Springer 2003), a standard reference for resource-constrained project scheduling with general temporal constraints. Chapter 1 contains the temporal part of the theory: feasibility, earliest and latest schedules, floats, and the distance order. Every later chapter adds resource constraints on top of this layer.

Timeline. Roy (1964) introduced the Metra Potential Method, which is scheduling on activity-on-node networks with minimum time lags. Neumann (1975, Sect. 6.4) treated time windows through potentials on networks with arbitrary arc weights. Bartusch, Möhring and Radermacher (1988, Annals of Operations Research 16) developed the general theory of scheduling project networks with resource constraints and time windows, including the feasibility criterion stated below. The book collects these results in Chapter 1.

Setting

A project consists of n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 real activities 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n and two fictitious activities, 000 (project beginning) and n+1n+1n+1 (project completion), so the node set is V={0,1,…,n+1}V=\{0,1,\dots,n+1\}V={0,1,…,n+1}. Each activity iii has an integer duration pip_ipi​, with p0=pn+1=0p_0=p_{n+1}=0p0​=pn+1​=0 and pi>0p_i>0pi​>0 for real activities.

A minimum time lag dijmin⁡d^{\min}_{ij}dijmin​ between two different activities becomes an arc ⟨i,j⟩\langle i,j\rangle⟨i,j⟩ of weight δij=dijmin⁡\delta_{ij}=d^{\min}_{ij}δij​=dijmin​. A maximum time lag dijmax⁡d^{\max}_{ij}dijmax​ becomes a backward arc ⟨j,i⟩\langle j,i\rangle⟨j,i⟩ of weight δji=−dijmax⁡\delta_{ji}=-d^{\max}_{ij}δji​=−dijmax​. There is at most one arc per ordered pair, keeping the tightest lag. The result is the activity-on-node (AoN) network N=(V,E,δ)N=(V,E,\delta)N=(V,E,δ), whose integer weights may be positive, negative or zero and which in general contains cycles. The book establishes that for every node iii there is a path from 000 to iii of nonnegative length and a path from iii to n+1n+1n+1 of length at least pip_ipi​ (p. 8, from Definition 1.1.1 and Remarks 1.1.2). This is the standing assumption of the chapter.

A schedule is a vector S=(S0,…,Sn+1)S=(S_0,\dots,S_{n+1})S=(S0​,…,Sn+1​) of real start times with S0=0S_0=0S0​=0 and Si≥0S_i\ge 0Si​≥0. It is time-feasible if it satisfies the temporal constraints

Sj−Si ≥ δij(⟨i,j⟩∈E),S_j-S_i\ \ge\ \delta_{ij}\qquad(\langle i,j\rangle\in E),Sj​−Si​ ≥ δij​(⟨i,j⟩∈E),

and ST\mathcal S_TST​ is the set of time-feasible schedules. A time-feasible schedule minimizing the project duration Sn+1S_{n+1}Sn+1​ is time-optimal.

The length of a path or cycle is the sum of its arc weights. For an integer L=LSn+1L=LS_{n+1}L=LSn+1​, which is either a prescribed maximum project duration dˉ\bar ddˉ or the shortest project duration, the temporal scheduling network N+N^+N+ adds the backward arc ⟨n+1,0⟩\langle n+1,0\rangle⟨n+1,0⟩ with weight −L-L−L. The distance dijd_{ij}dij​ is the length of a longest path from iii to jjj in N+N^+N+, with dii=0d_{ii}=0dii​=0. The earliest and latest start times are ESi=d0iES_i=d_{0i}ESi​=d0i​ and LSi=−di0LS_i=-d_{i0}LSi​=−di0​, the earliest completion time is ECi=ESi+piEC_i=ES_i+p_iECi​=ESi​+pi​, and the total float is TFi=LSi−ESiTF_i=LS_i-ES_iTFi​=LSi​−ESi​. The distance order ≺D\prec_D≺D​ is defined for i≠ji\ne ji=j by: i≺Dji\prec_D ji≺D​j if dij>0d_{ij}>0dij​>0, or dij=0d_{ij}=0dij​=0 and dji<0d_{ji}<0dji​<0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.3.3 (p. 10)

ST≠∅⟺N contains no cycle of positive length.\mathcal S_T\ne\emptyset\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad N\ \text{contains no cycle of positive length}.ST​=∅⟺N contains no cycle of positive length.

The statement contains no constants. It is the consistency criterion for the temporal constraints and the entry condition for everything else in the book.

Milestones

  1. Distances, §1.3, p. 11, Eq. (1.3.3). If N+N^+N+ has no cycle of positive length, then ddd satisfies dij≥δijd_{ij}\ge\delta_{ij}dij​≥δij​ on E+E^+E+ and the triangle inequality dij≥dih+dhjd_{ij}\ge d_{ih}+d_{hj}dij​≥dih​+dhj​, and it is the smallest family that does.
  2. Earliest and latest schedules, §1.3, p. 12. Under the same hypothesis and the standing assumption, ES=(d0i)iES=(d_{0i})_iES=(d0i​)i​ is time-feasible and lies below every time-feasible schedule. LS=(−di0)iLS=(-d_{i0})_iLS=(−di0​)i​ is time-feasible, satisfies LSn+1≤LLS_{n+1}\le LLSn+1​≤L, and lies above every time-feasible schedule SSS with Sn+1≤LS_{n+1}\le LSn+1​≤L.
  3. Remark 1.3.2 (p. 10). If ST≠∅\mathcal S_T\ne\emptysetST​=∅, there is an integer-valued time-optimal schedule.
  4. Proposition 1.3.8 (p. 15). For a real activity iii, [LSi,ECi[≠∅[LS_i,EC_i[\ne\emptyset[LSi​,ECi​[=∅ if and only if iii is critical (TFi=0TF_i=0TFi​=0) or near-critical (0<TFi<pi0<TF_i<p_i0<TFi​<pi​). A further item of the mission, not a milestone, states the claim of §1.4, p. 17 (after Definition 1.4.3): if N+N^+N+ has no cycle of positive length, ≺D\prec_D≺D​ is a strict order on VVV.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1.3.3 tells when the temporal constraints of a project can be met at all. Milestones 1 and 2 identify the earliest and latest schedules with longest path lengths, which makes temporal scheduling a pair of longest-path computations (a forward pass from 000 and a backward pass to 000). Remark 1.3.2 justifies working in integer time. The distance order and the base time intervals [LSi,ECi[[LS_i,EC_i[[LSi​,ECi​[ are the inputs of the resource-constrained methods in Chapters 2 and 3: priority rules schedule along ≺D\prec_D≺D​, and base time intervals give lower bounds on resource usage.

Formalizing it. These results are classical and proved, but the book does not prove Theorem 1.3.3; it points to Neumann (1975) and Bartusch et al. (1988). To our knowledge they have no machine-checked form in this generality, with arbitrary integer weights, cycles, fictitious start and end nodes, and the backward arc of N+N^+N+. The CPM results for acyclic event networks with nonnegative durations already on Prove2Me are a special case. The definitions of this mission (project, AoN network, schedule, N+N^+N+, distances) are intended as the shared substrate for the later missions of the series, which add renewable and cumulative resources.

Difficulty

The necessity direction of the goal is a telescoping sum around a cycle. The sufficiency direction needs a schedule, and the natural candidate Si=d0iS_i=d_{0i}Si​=d0i​ requires three things: longest path lengths must be well defined, they must be finite, and they must satisfy the temporal constraints. With negative weights and cycles, the maximum over walks is unbounded when a positive cycle exists, and a walk-based definition gives nothing. A path-based definition gives a finite maximum but loses the concatenation property, so the triangle inequality becomes a statement about removing nonpositive cycles from walks. S0=0S_0=0S0​=0 and Si≥0S_i\ge 0Si​≥0 further depend on the standing assumption: without it, an arc ⟨i,0⟩\langle i,0\rangle⟨i,0⟩ with positive weight makes ST\mathcal S_TST​ empty although no cycle is positive. The same combinatorics of walks, paths and cycles is behind milestones 1 and 2 and the distance-order item.

Formalization scope

Nodes are Fin (n + 2): 000 is the project beginning and Fin.last (n + 1) the project completion. The field one_le_n records n≥1n\ge 1n≥1. Durations are natural numbers with p0=pn+1=0p_0=p_{n+1}=0p0​=pn+1​=0 and pi>0p_i>0pi​>0 for real activities. Arc weights are arbitrary integers on a loop-free Finset of ordered pairs, so parallel arcs cannot occur. Start times are real; integrality appears only as Remark 1.3.2.

Walks are functions Fin (m + 1) → Fin (n + 2). A path is an injective walk, and a cycle is a closed walk with at least one arc and distinct nodes apart from the repeated endpoint. Distances are maxima over the finitely many paths, valued in WithBot ℤ with ⊥=−∞\bot=-\infty⊥=−∞ for unreachable pairs. No supremum over an unbounded set is taken. ESiES_iESi​ and LSiLS_iLSi​ convert these to integers with junk value 000 for −∞-\infty−∞, and every milestone that uses them carries the hypotheses under which the distances are finite. The backward arc of N+N^+N+ has weight −L-L−L for an integer parameter LLL. If NNN already contains an arc ⟨n+1,0⟩\langle n+1,0\rangle⟨n+1,0⟩, the two arcs merge into one carrying the larger weight, as in the book's convention for parallel lags. The standing assumption of p. 8 is a named predicate and a hypothesis of the goal and of milestones 2 and 4.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: weights are signed integers and cycles are allowed, so the no-positive-cycle condition is not vacuous, and the standing assumption is satisfiable by projects with maximum time lags.

A complete development needs cycle removal from closed walks, the Bellman-type characterization of longest paths without positive cycles, and total unimodularity or a direct integrality argument for Remark 1.3.2. The walk, path and distance layer is reusable for any difference-constraint system. Proofs of milestones and lemmas on walk decomposition are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Neumann, C. Schwindt, J. Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-24800-2
  • M. Bartusch, R. H. Möhring, F. J. Radermacher, "Scheduling project networks with resource constraints and time windows", Annals of Operations Research 16 (1988), 201–240. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02283745
  • K. Neumann, Operations Research Verfahren, Band III, Hanser, 1975, Sect. 6.4.
  • B. Roy, Les problèmes d'ordonnancement: applications et méthodes, Dunod, 1964.
  • J. E. Kelley, M. R. Walker, "Critical-path planning and scheduling", Proceedings of the Eastern Joint Computer Conference, 1959, 160–173. https://doi.org/10.1145/1460299.1460318
  • R. K. Ahuja, T. L. Magnanti, J. B. Orlin, Network Flows, Prentice Hall, 1993, Sect. 5.4 and 5.6.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationLinear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming V: The Primal–Dual Central Path and the Self-Dual EmbeddingTextbook

Motivation

Interior point methods solve linear programs in a number of iterations polynomial in the input size, and in practice they compete with the simplex method on large instances. Their modern form goes back to Karmarkar's projective algorithm (Karmarkar 1984); the primal–dual path-following variant analysed in textbooks follows a curve, the central path, defined by a perturbed system of optimality conditions. Two facts make the method well defined. First, the central path exists and is unique whenever the primal and dual programs have strictly feasible points. Second, an arbitrary linear program, possibly infeasible or unbounded, can be embedded in an auxiliary program that has an explicit starting point on its own central path and whose suitable optimal solutions either solve the original program or certify that it has no optimum.

Chapter 7, §7.2 of Matoušek and Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer 2007), presents both facts in elementary form, following Terlaky (2001). This mission formalizes its three numbered lemmas.

Timeline. The homogeneous system bearing their names is due to Goldman and Tucker (1956), in the study of the structure of optimal solution sets; the self-dual embedding for interior point methods was introduced by Ye, Todd and Mizuno (1994), and the book's presentation follows the skew-symmetric form in Roos, Terlaky and Vial (2005).

Setting

Let AAA be a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb{R}^nc∈Rn. The linear program in equational form (7.2) is

maximize cTx subject to Ax=b, x≥0,\text{maximize } c^{T}x \text{ subject to } Ax=b,\ x\ge 0,maximize cTx subject to Ax=b, x≥0,

where AAA has rank mmm; its dual (7.5) is: minimize bTyb^{T}ybTy subject to ATy≥cA^{T}y\ge cATy≥c, y∈Rmy\in\mathbb{R}^my∈Rm. The notation x>0x>0x>0 means that all coordinates of xxx are strictly positive. For μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the barrier function is fμ(x)=cTx+μ∑j=1nln⁡xjf_\mu(x)=c^{T}x+\mu\sum_{j=1}^n\ln x_jfμ​(x)=cTx+μ∑j=1n​lnxj​, defined for x>0x>0x>0. The central-path system (7.4), in unknowns x,s∈Rnx,s\in\mathbb{R}^nx,s∈Rn and y∈Rmy\in\mathbb{R}^my∈Rm, is

Ax=b,ATy−s=c,(s1x1,…,snxn)=μ1,x,s≥0.Ax=b,\qquad A^{T}y-s=c,\qquad (s_1x_1,\dots,s_nx_n)=\mu\mathbf 1,\qquad x,s\ge 0 .Ax=b,ATy−s=c,(s1​x1​,…,sn​xn​)=μ1,x,s≥0.

For the embedding, the book switches to the inequality form (7.7): maximize cTxc^{T}xcTx subject to Ax≤bAx\le bAx≤b, x≥0x\ge 0x≥0, with dual: minimize bTyb^{T}ybTy subject to ATy≥cA^{T}y\ge cATy≥c, y≥0y\ge 0y≥0. The Goldman–Tucker system (GTS) is

Ax−τb≤0,−ATy+τc≤0,bTy−cTx≤0,x,y≥0, τ≥0,Ax-\tau b\le 0,\qquad -A^{T}y+\tau c\le 0,\qquad b^{T}y-c^{T}x\le 0,\qquad x,y\ge 0,\ \tau\ge 0,Ax−τb≤0,−ATy+τc≤0,bTy−cTx≤0,x,y≥0, τ≥0,

and ρ=ρ(x,y)=cTx−bTy\rho=\rho(x,y)=c^{T}x-b^{T}yρ=ρ(x,y)=cTx−bTy is the slack of its last inequality. With u=(y,x,τ)∈Rku=(y,x,\tau)\in\mathbb{R}^ku=(y,x,τ)∈Rk, k=n+m+1k=n+m+1k=n+m+1, (GTS) reads M0u≤0M_0u\le 0M0​u≤0, u≥0u\ge 0u≥0 for the skew-symmetric matrix

M0=(0A−b−AT0cbT−cT0).M_0=\begin{pmatrix}0&A&-b\\-A^{T}&0&c\\b^{T}&-c^{T}&0\end{pmatrix}.M0​=​0−ATbT​A0−cT​−bc0​​.

Put r=1+M01r=\mathbf 1+M_0\mathbf 1r=1+M0​1, M=(M0−rrT0)M=\begin{pmatrix}M_0&-r\\r^{T}&0\end{pmatrix}M=(M0​rT​−r0​) and q=(0,…,0,k+1)∈Rk+1q=(0,\dots,0,k+1)\in\mathbb{R}^{k+1}q=(0,…,0,k+1)∈Rk+1. The self-dual program (SD) in v=(u,ϑ)v=(u,\vartheta)v=(u,ϑ) is: maximize −qTv-q^{T}v−qTv subject to Mv≤qMv\le qMv≤q, v≥0v\ge 0v≥0. Its slacks are z=q−Mvz=q-Mvz=q−Mv, and a feasible vvv is strictly complementary if vj>0v_j>0vj​>0 or zj>0z_j>0zj​>0 for every j=1,…,k+1j=1,\dots,k+1j=1,…,k+1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 7.2.1 (p. 121)

If (7.2) has a feasible x~>0\tilde x>0x~>0 and (7.5) has a feasible y~\tilde yy~​ with s~=ATy~−c>0\tilde s=A^{T}\tilde y-c>0s~=ATy~​−c>0, then for every μ>0\mu>0μ>0

∃! (x∗,y∗,s∗) solving (7.4),x∗=arg⁡max⁡{fμ(x):Ax=b, x>0} (uniquely).\exists!\,(x^*,y^*,s^*)\ \text{solving (7.4)},\qquad x^*=\arg\max\{f_\mu(x): Ax=b,\ x>0\}\ \text{(uniquely)}.∃!(x∗,y∗,s∗) solving (7.4),x∗=argmax{fμ​(x):Ax=b, x>0} (uniquely).

Milestones

  1. Claim in the proof of Lemma 7.2.1 (p. 121): under the lemma's assumptions and for fixed μ>0\mu>0μ>0, the set Q={x:Ax=b, x>0, fμ(x)≥fμ(x~)}Q=\{x: Ax=b,\ x>0,\ f_\mu(x)\ge f_\mu(\tilde x)\}Q={x:Ax=b, x>0, fμ​(x)≥fμ​(x~)} is bounded.
  2. Lemma 7.2.2 (p. 126): no solution of (GTS) has τ≠0\tau\ne 0τ=0 and ρ≠0\rho\ne 0ρ=0; exactly one of "a solution with τ>0\tau>0τ>0" and "a solution with ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0" exists; in the first case 1τx\frac1\tau xτ1​x and 1τy\frac1\tau yτ1​y are optimal for (7.7) and its dual; in the second, (7.7) is infeasible or unbounded.
  3. Lemma 7.2.3 (p. 128): (SD) is feasible and bounded, every optimal solution has ϑ=0\vartheta=0ϑ=0 and its uuu-part solves (GTS), and every strictly complementary optimal solution gives a solution of (GTS) with τ>0\tau>0τ>0 or ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0.

Significance

Lemma 7.2.1 is what makes "the central path" a well-defined object: without existence, a path-following method has nothing to follow, and without uniqueness the point x∗(μ)x^*(\mu)x∗(μ) that the algorithm approximates is not determined. It also identifies the barrier maximizer with the solution of the Lagrange system (7.4), which is the system the Newton steps of the algorithm linearize. Lemmas 7.2.2 and 7.2.3 remove the need for an interior starting point and for knowing in advance that the program has an optimum: every linear program reduces to computing a strictly complementary optimal solution of a program with a known interior point on its central path.

The three lemmas are classical and proved in the book (7.2.2 as a sketch). Formalizing them adds a machine-checked account of the central path in equational form, and of the Goldman–Tucker and self-dual constructions with explicit block matrices, reusable by any later formalization of interior point complexity bounds. As far as a search of the platform shows, no formal statement of the Goldman–Tucker system or of the self-dual embedding exists there; the nearest item, Lemma 9.5 of Introduction to Linear Optimization XII (Bertsimas–Tsitsiklis), characterizes the central path by KKT conditions and is not linked to a formal statement.

Difficulty

For Lemma 7.2.1, uniqueness of a maximizer follows from strict concavity, but existence does not: the feasible region {Ax=b, x>0}\{Ax=b,\ x>0\}{Ax=b, x>0} is open relative to its affine hull and typically unbounded, and fμf_\mufμ​ need not attain its supremum on such a set. The interior dual point is what rules out escape to infinity; the primal interior point is what rules out escape to the boundary. Identifying the maximizer with the unique solution of (7.4) further needs the Lagrange multiplier rule on an open set and the full row rank of AAA to determine yyy from sss.

For Lemma 7.2.2 the exclusivity and the optimality statements are weak-duality arguments, but existence of a solution with ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 when (7.7) is infeasible or unbounded requires a Farkas-type alternative for both the primal and the dual, and the case split in the book's sketch ("the dual case is analogous") must be carried out. Lemma 7.2.3 requires bookkeeping with the block structure of MMM and the skew-symmetry of M0M_0M0​.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions Fin n → ℝ and Fin m → ℝ; the book's indices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n become 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1. Matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ, inequalities between vectors are componentwise, x>0x>0x>0 is ∀ j, 0 < x j. The rank condition of (7.2) is the hypothesis A.rank = m. Optimal solutions and unboundedness are expressed against every feasible point, never through a real supremum. The vector u=(y,x,τ)u=(y,x,\tau)u=(y,x,τ) is indexed by Fin m ⊕ Fin n ⊕ Unit and v=(u,ϑ)v=(u,\vartheta)v=(u,ϑ) by (Fin m ⊕ Fin n ⊕ Unit) ⊕ Unit; M0M_0M0​, rrr, MMM and qqq are defined entrywise on these index types, with the last entry of qqq equal to k+1=n+m+2k+1=n+m+2k+1=n+m+2. "Exactly one" in Lemma 7.2.2 is Xor.

Lean's Real.log returns 000 for nonpositive arguments, so a statement comparing fμf_\mufμ​ over {Ax=b}\{Ax=b\}{Ax=b} or {Ax=b, x≥0}\{Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}{Ax=b, x≥0} would be a different, and generally false or trivial, claim; every comparison of barrier values is restricted to points with all coordinates strictly positive. The unique solution of (7.4) is stated as existence plus equality of every solution with it, not as existence of some solution.

Useful infrastructure: strict concavity of sums of logarithms, the Lagrange multiplier rule for affine constraints (Mathlib's IsLocalExtrOn.exists_multipliers_of_hasStrictFDerivAt or a direct orthogonality argument), compactness of closed bounded sets in Fin n → ℝ, and Farkas' lemma in the forms of Proposition 6.4.1 of the book. Proofs of the milestones, alternative arguments, and general lemmas about skew-symmetric linear programs are all welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek, B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §7.2. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • T. Terlaky, An easy way to teach interior-point methods, European Journal of Operational Research 130(1), 2001, 1–19.
  • C. Roos, T. Terlaky, J.-P. Vial, Interior Point Methods for Linear Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/b100325
  • A. J. Goldman, A. W. Tucker, Theory of linear programming, in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Annals of Mathematics Studies 38, Princeton University Press, 1956, 53–97.
  • Y. Ye, M. J. Todd, S. Mizuno, An O(nL)O(\sqrt{n}L)O(n​L)-iteration homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm, Mathematics of Operations Research 19(1), 1994, 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.19.1.53
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984, 373–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
  • F. A. Potra, S. J. Wright, Interior-point methods, Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics 124, 2000, 281–302.
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryLinear Optimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming I: Integral Bipartite Matchings, Total Unimodularity and König's TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Many combinatorial optimization problems are integer programs: linear objectives and linear constraints, with the extra requirement that the variables be integers. Dropping that requirement gives the LP relaxation, which is solvable efficiently but in general only bounds the integer optimum. For a small but important class of problems the relaxation loses nothing: its optimum is attained at an integral point, so linear programming solves the combinatorial problem exactly. Bipartite matching is the standard example, and the job-assignment problem that opens Chapter 3 of Matoušek and Gärtner's Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer 2007) is a maximum-weight perfect matching problem in a bipartite graph.

The same phenomenon, combined with linear programming duality, produces combinatorial min–max theorems. The oldest of them is König's theorem (1931) on matchings and vertex covers in bipartite graphs; Hall's marriage theorem (1935) follows from it. This mission formalizes the book's treatment of both strands: the integrality of the bipartite matching LP (Section 3.2), total unimodularity and König's theorem (Section 8.2), and, on the same objects for general graphs, the LP-rounding 2-approximation for vertex cover (Section 3.3).

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G = (V, E)G=(V,E) be a finite simple graph. A bipartition of GGG is a pair of disjoint sets X,YX, YX,Y with X∪Y=VX \cup Y = VX∪Y=V such that every edge joins a vertex of XXX to a vertex of YYY; GGG is bipartite if it has one. A matching is a set M⊆EM \subseteq EM⊆E in which each vertex is incident to at most one edge; a vertex cover is a set C⊆VC \subseteq VC⊆V containing at least one end-vertex of every edge. A matching is maximum if no matching has more edges; a vertex cover is minimum if no vertex cover has fewer vertices.

The incidence matrix of GGG has a row for each vertex and a column for each edge, with entry 111 when the vertex lies on the edge and 000 otherwise. A real matrix is totally unimodular if every square submatrix, obtained by deleting some rows and some columns, has determinant 000, 111 or −1-1−1.

Given real edge weights wew_ewe​, the integer program (3.1) maximizes ∑ewexe\sum_{e} w_e x_e∑e​we​xe​ subject to ∑e∋vxe=1\sum_{e \ni v} x_e = 1∑e∋v​xe​=1 for every vertex vvv and xe∈{0,1}x_e \in \{0,1\}xe​∈{0,1}; its 0/1 solutions are the perfect matchings. Its LP relaxation replaces xe∈{0,1}x_e \in \{0,1\}xe​∈{0,1} by 0≤xe≤10 \le x_e \le 10≤xe​≤1. The vertex-cover relaxation (3.3) minimizes ∑vxv\sum_v x_v∑v​xv​ subject to xu+xv≥1x_u + x_v \ge 1xu​+xv​≥1 for every edge {u,v}\{u,v\}{u,v} and 0≤xv≤10 \le x_v \le 10≤xv​≤1.

Formalization targets

Goal: König's theorem (Theorem 8.2.2)

For every finite bipartite graph GGG,

max⁡{∣M∣:M a matching of G}  =  min⁡{∣C∣:C a vertex cover of G}.\max\{|M| : M \text{ a matching of } G\} \;=\; \min\{|C| : C \text{ a vertex cover of } G\}.max{∣M∣:M a matching of G}=min{∣C∣:C a vertex cover of G}.

Total unimodularity (Lemmas 8.2.3–8.2.5)

A TU  ⇒  (A∣ei) TU;A TU, b∈Zm, max⁡{cTx:Ax≤b, x≥0} attained  ⇒  attained at some x∗∈Zn;A \text{ TU} \;\Rightarrow\; (A \mid e_i) \text{ TU}; \qquad A \text{ TU},\ b \in \mathbb{Z}^m,\ \max\{c^Tx : Ax \le b,\ x \ge 0\} \text{ attained} \;\Rightarrow\; \text{attained at some } x^* \in \mathbb{Z}^n;A TU⇒(A∣ei​) TU;A TU, b∈Zm, max{cTx:Ax≤b, x≥0} attained⇒attained at some x∗∈Zn;

and the incidence matrix of a bipartite graph is totally unimodular.

Integrality of the perfect-matching relaxation (Theorem 3.2.1)

If the LP relaxation of (3.1) for a bipartite graph with real weights is feasible, it has an optimal solution with all xe∈{0,1}x_e \in \{0,1\}xe​∈{0,1}, which is also optimal for (3.1).

Consequences on the same objects

Hall's theorem (Theorem 8.2.1): if ∣N(T)∣≥∣T∣|N(T)| \ge |T|∣N(T)∣≥∣T∣ for every T⊆XT \subseteq XT⊆X, where N(T)⊆YN(T) \subseteq YN(T)⊆Y is the set of neighbours of TTT, then some matching covers every vertex of XXX. And for an arbitrary graph, with x∗x^*x∗ optimal for (3.3), SLP={v:xv∗≥12}S_{LP} = \{v : x^*_v \ge \tfrac12\}SLP​={v:xv∗​≥21​} and SOPTS_{OPT}SOPT​ a minimum vertex cover (§3.3, p. 38):

SLP is a vertex cover and ∣SLP∣≤2 ∣SOPT∣.S_{LP} \text{ is a vertex cover and } |S_{LP}| \le 2\,|S_{OPT}| .SLP​ is a vertex cover and ∣SLP​∣≤2∣SOPT​∣.

Significance

König's theorem says that for bipartite graphs the two natural certificates, a matching (a lower bound on any vertex cover) and a vertex cover (an upper bound on any matching), always meet. It makes maximum matchings and minimum vertex covers computable by linear programming, whereas minimum vertex cover in general graphs is NP-hard; Section 3.3's rounding bound quantifies what the LP still gives in that general case. Lemma 8.2.4 is the general tool behind this and behind the max-flow min-cut theorem that the book mentions on p. 148: any integer program with a totally unimodular constraint matrix and integral right-hand side can be solved as a linear program.

All results here are classical and proved. The formalization work is to connect them: Mathlib already has the definition of total unimodularity (Matrix.IsTotallyUnimodular), closure under appending unit-like rows, and Hall's theorem in the form of Finset.all_card_le_biUnion_card_iff_exists_injective. To the best of the drafting survey, neither König's theorem nor the total unimodularity of bipartite incidence matrices nor the integrality lemma 8.2.4 is in Mathlib, and no König statement was found among the platform's missions. The mission produces these in a form that later chapters on network flows and combinatorial duality can import.

Difficulty

The inequality "maximum matching ≤\le≤ minimum vertex cover" is immediate, since each edge of a matching needs its own cover vertex. The difficulty is the reverse inequality, and it is exactly where bipartiteness is needed: the triangle has maximum matching 111 and minimum vertex cover 222. Along the book's route, the obstacle is that LP duality equates the optima of the two relaxations, which are real numbers; one must show that both relaxations already have integral optimal solutions, which is the content of total unimodularity and Lemma 8.2.4. Theorem 3.2.1 is a separate integrality statement with equality constraints and weights of arbitrary sign; it is not a consequence of the Birkhoff–von Neumann theorem unless the graph is complete bipartite with equal sides.

Formalization scope

Graphs are SimpleGraph V on a Fintype vertex type with decidable equality; edges are elements of Sym2 V, and a matching is a Finset (Sym2 V) of edges. Bipartiteness is the existence of finite sets X,YX, YX,Y forming a bipartition; the empty graph and the empty vertex type are allowed and the statements remain the book's there. Vertex covers are Mathlib's SimpleGraph.IsVertexCover. Matrices are real; LP vectors are Fin n → ℝ (0-based indices) or indexed by the edge set or the vertices. An "optimal solution" is always a feasible point that is at least as good as every feasible point: no supremum or infimum over a possibly empty or unbounded set is used, and König's theorem asserts that both a maximum matching and a minimum vertex cover exist and have equal size. Lemma 8.2.4 takes b∈Zmb \in \mathbb{Z}^mb∈Zm and allows real ccc; its conclusion is an integral optimal solution, not merely an integral feasible one. Theorem 3.2.1 is the perfect-matching version with equality constraints, not the "≤1\le 1≤1" matching version discussed in the book's remarks.

A formalization in which König's theorem compares a supremum and an infimum of possibly empty sets, or in which "optimal" is not tied to feasibility, would be trivializing and is ruled out by these conventions.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: Laplace expansion arguments for totally unimodular matrices, the equivalence of the inequality form with the equational form, existence of optimal basic feasible solutions, and LP duality in inequality form (the platform's LinearOptimization.lp_strong_duality states duality for a general-form LP). Combinatorial proofs of König and Hall are equally welcome; only the statements are fixed.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek, B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §3.2–3.3 and §8.2. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • D. Kőnig, "Gráfok és mátrixok", Matematikai és Fizikai Lapok 38 (1931), 116–119.
  • P. Hall, "On representatives of subsets", Journal of the London Mathematical Society 10 (1935), 26–30. https://doi.org/10.1112/jlms/s1-10.37.26
  • A. J. Hoffman, J. B. Kruskal, "Integral boundary points of convex polyhedra", in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Annals of Mathematics Studies 38, Princeton, 1956, 223–246. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881987-014
  • A. Schrijver, Theory of Linear and Integer Programming, Wiley, 1986, Chapter 19.
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VII: The Geometric Arrival-Point Law of the G/M/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

Most queueing models with a closed-form answer assume Poisson arrivals. In practice the times between arrivals are often far from exponential: scheduled appointments, batch releases from an upstream process, or arrivals timed by a machine cycle. The G/M/1 queue keeps the service side exponential and makes no assumption about the arrival stream beyond independent, identically distributed interarrival times. It is the standard counterpart of the M/G/1 queue, and its solution is the one used in teaching and in practice whenever the input is not Poisson (Gross, Shortle, Thompson & Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley 2008, §5.3.1, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651).

The answer has an unusually clean form. The number of customers that an arriving customer finds in the system is geometric, exactly as in the M/M/1 queue, with the traffic intensity ρ\rhoρ replaced by a number r0r_0r0​ that depends on the whole interarrival distribution through a single scalar equation. This mission is the seventh of a series formalizing the book chapter by chapter; it covers the G/M/1 half of §5.3 (printed pp.259–263).

Setting

Customers arrive at a single server. The interarrival times are independent with common law AAA, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with CDF A(t)A(t)A(t) and finite mean E[T]=1/λE[T] = 1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times are independent exponential random variables with rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, and the discipline is first come, first served.

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers in the system just before the nnnth arrival. Between two arrivals the server completes a Poisson number of services (truncated by the number present), so {Xn}\{X_n\}{Xn​} is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}. Its transition probabilities are built from

bk=∫0∞e−μt(μt)kk! dA(t)(k≥0),b_k = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\mu t}(\mu t)^k}{k!}\,dA(t) \qquad (k \ge 0),bk​=∫0∞​k!e−μt(μt)k​dA(t)(k≥0),

the probability of exactly kkk completions during one interarrival time (Eq. (5.50)): pi0=1−∑k=0ibkp_{i0} = 1 - \sum_{k=0}^{i} b_kpi0​=1−∑k=0i​bk​, pij=bi+1−jp_{ij} = b_{i+1-j}pij​=bi+1−j​ for 1≤j≤i+11 \le j \le i+11≤j≤i+1, and pij=0p_{ij} = 0pij​=0 otherwise (Eq. (5.51)). A stationary arrival-point distribution is a probability vector q={qn}q = \{q_n\}q={qn​} with qP=qqP = qqP=q and qe=1qe = 1qe=1 (Eq. (5.52)); qnq_nqn​ is the long-run probability that an arrival finds nnn customers present.

The characteristic equation of the chain is

z=β(z),β(z)=∑n≥0bnzn,z = \beta(z), \qquad \beta(z) = \sum_{n \ge 0} b_n z^n ,z=β(z),β(z)=n≥0∑​bn​zn,

where β\betaβ is the probability generating function of {bn}\{b_n\}{bn​} (Eq. (5.55)). Equivalently z=A∗[μ(1−z)]z = A^*[\mu(1-z)]z=A∗[μ(1−z)] (Eq. (5.56)), where A∗(s)=∫0∞e−sx dA(x)A^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-sx}\,dA(x)A∗(s)=∫0∞​e−sxdA(x) is the Laplace–Stieltjes transform of the interarrival law. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Eq. (5.60), the geometric arrival-point law

If ρ=λ/μ<1\rho = \lambda/\mu < 1ρ=λ/μ<1, there is a number r0r_0r0​ with 0<r0<10 < r_0 < 10<r0​<1 and r0=β(r0)r_0 = \beta(r_0)r0​=β(r0​), it is the only complex root of z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) in the open unit disk, and

qn=(1−r0) r0 n(n≥0)q_n = (1 - r_0)\, r_0^{\,n} \qquad (n \ge 0)qn​=(1−r0​)r0n​(n≥0)

is a stationary arrival-point distribution and the only one. The root is part of the conclusion, not an assumption.

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (5.51)–(5.53): for a probability vector qqq, qP=qqP = qqP=q is equivalent to qi=∑k≥0qi+k−1bkq_i = \sum_{k\ge0} q_{i+k-1}b_kqi​=∑k≥0​qi+k−1​bk​ (i≥1i \ge 1i≥1) and q0=∑j≥0qj(1−∑k=0jbk)q_0 = \sum_{j\ge0} q_j\bigl(1 - \sum_{k=0}^{j} b_k\bigr)q0​=∑j≥0​qj​(1−∑k=0j​bk​).
  2. p.261: 0<b0<10 < b_0 < 10<b0​<1, bn>0b_n > 0bn​>0 for all nnn, β(1)=1\beta(1) = 1β(1)=1, and β′(1)=∑nnbn=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=∑n​nbn​=μ/λ.
  3. Eq. (5.56): β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] for ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1.
  4. Eq. (5.58), Figure 5.2: z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has at most one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and one exists if and only if λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1.
  5. p.262: when λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1, z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has exactly one root with ∣z∣<1|z| < 1∣z∣<1.
  6. Eq. (5.59): successive substitution z(k+1)=β(z(k))z^{(k+1)} = \beta(z^{(k)})z(k+1)=β(z(k)) from any 0<z(0)<10 < z^{(0)} < 10<z(0)<1 converges to r0r_0r0​.
  7. Eq. (5.61): L(A)=r0/(1−r0)L^{(A)} = r_0/(1-r_0)L(A)=r0​/(1−r0​) and Lq(A)=r02/(1−r0)L_q^{(A)} = r_0^2/(1-r_0)Lq(A)​=r02​/(1−r0​).
  8. Eq. (5.62): Wq(t)=1−r0e−μ(1−r0)tW_q(t) = 1 - r_0 e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}Wq​(t)=1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0)tW(t) = 1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0​)t for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.
  9. Eq. (5.63): Wq=r0/(μ(1−r0))W_q = r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))Wq​=r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and W=1/(μ(1−r0))W = 1/(\mu(1-r_0))W=1/(μ(1−r0​)).

Significance

The result. Equation (5.60) reduces the analysis of a queue with arbitrary renewal input to one scalar root. Every arrival-point performance measure of the M/M/1 queue then carries over with ρ\rhoρ replaced by r0r_0r0​: the mean number found by an arrival, the mean queue found by an arrival, and the full distributions of line delay and system time seen by arrivals (Eqs. (5.61)–(5.63)). The same root drives the multiserver G/M/c analysis later in §5.3 and the relation between arrival-point and time-average probabilities in §6.3. The result also illustrates a point the book stresses: qnq_nqn​ is the distribution seen by arrivals, and it equals the time-average distribution pnp_npn​ only when the input is Poisson.

Formalizing it. The mathematics is classical (the embedded-chain method goes back to Kendall, 1953) and fully proved in the textbook literature; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof: the platform had no G/M/1, embedded-chain, or Rouché-type statement when this mission was drafted. The work is to formalize the known argument, which touches analytic facts about power series with nonnegative coefficients, a mixture-of-Poisson computation, a counting of roots in the unit disk, and the uniqueness of the stationary law of an irreducible countable chain.

Difficulty

Locating a real root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) is a one-variable question. The hard step is excluding every other complex root inside the unit disk: a real-variable argument says nothing about complex roots, and the book's route relies on Rouché's theorem, which Mathlib does not have. A second point is uniqueness of the stationary vector: showing that the geometric vector solves qP=qqP = qqP=q does not show that no other probability vector does, and the goal asserts both. Computing ∑nnbn=μ/λ\sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambda∑n​nbn​=μ/λ requires interchanging a sum with the integral against AAA, which is where the finite mean of the interarrival law enters.

Formalization scope

The interarrival law is a measure A : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure A, A (Set.Iio 0) = 0, integrable identity, and ∫ x ∂A = 1/λ (the structure IsInterarrivalLaw). Every theorem also assumes λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. The integrals defining bkb_kbk​ and A∗A^*A∗ are over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), closed at 000. The generating function β\betaβ takes complex arguments; real roots are written with the real-to-complex coercion. A stationary vector is a function q : ℕ → ℝ with qn≥0q_n \ge 0qn​≥0, HasSum q 1, and HasSum (fun i => q i * p i j) (q j) for every jjj.

The explicit closed forms the statements carry are: the transition matrix (5.51); the equations (5.53); β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] (5.56); β′(1)=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=μ/λ; qn=(1−r0)r0nq_n = (1-r_0)r_0^nqn​=(1−r0​)r0n​ (5.60); r0/(1−r0)r_0/(1-r_0)r0​/(1−r0​) and r02/(1−r0)r_0^2/(1-r_0)r02​/(1−r0​) (5.61); 1−r0e−μ(1−r0)t1 - r_0e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and 1−e−μ(1−r0)t1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−e−μ(1−r0​)t (5.62); r0/(μ(1−r0))r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and 1/(μ(1−r0))1/(\mu(1-r_0))1/(μ(1−r0​)) (5.63). The waiting-time CDFs are defined as in §2.2.5 of the book: Wq(t)=q0+∑n≥1qnPr⁡{n completions in≤t}W_q(t) = q_0 + \sum_{n\ge1} q_n \Pr\{n \text{ completions in} \le t\}Wq​(t)=q0​+∑n≥1​qn​Pr{n completions in≤t} with the Erlang type-nnn CDF, and W(t)W(t)W(t) likewise with n+1n+1n+1 completions. The means in (5.63) are ∫0∞[1−Wq(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W_q(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−Wq​(t)]dt and ∫0∞[1−W(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−W(t)]dt.

A trivializing formalization would take "r0∈(0,1)r_0 \in (0,1)r0​∈(0,1) solves z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z)" as a hypothesis of the goal, which turns (5.60) into a geometric-series check; here existence, location and uniqueness of the root, and uniqueness of the stationary vector, are all conclusions.

Out of scope for this mission: the M/G/c and M/G/∞ results of §5.2 and the multiserver G/M/c analysis of §5.3.2. Reusable pieces include a Rouché-type or fixed-point counting lemma for power series with nonnegative coefficients summing to one, and the uniqueness of stationary laws for irreducible chains on N\mathbb NN. Contributions of either kind are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.3.1, pp.259–263. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, "Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 1953, 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VI: The Pollaczek–Khintchine Transform for the M/G/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

The M/G/1 queue is the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and an arbitrary service-time distribution. It is the first queueing model beyond the birth–death family in which exact formulas survive. It is also the model a practitioner reaches for when service times are measured and visibly not exponential: repair times, transmission times of variable-length packets, machining times. Its central result is the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula, first obtained by Pollaczek (1930) and Khintchine (1932). It expresses the stationary queue in terms of the service distribution, and it shows that the mean wait grows linearly in the squared coefficient of variation of service. That makes variability, and not only load, a measurable driver of congestion.

The textbook treatment followed here is Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed. (Wiley 2008), §5.1. It derives the result through Kendall's (1953) imbedded Markov chain of system sizes at departure epochs. It then obtains the transforms of the waiting times and the busy-period functional equation of Takács (1962).

Setting

Customers arrive in a Poisson stream of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times SSS are independent with distribution BBB, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with mean E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S], and the discipline is first-come first-served. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ E[S]\rho = \lambda\,\mathrm E[S]ρ=λE[S].

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers the nnnth departing customer leaves behind. The number of arrivals during one service time equals iii with probability

ki=∫0∞e−λt(λt)ii! dB(t),k_i = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\lambda t}(\lambda t)^i}{i!}\,dB(t),ki​=∫0∞​i!e−λt(λt)i​dB(t),

and (Xn)(X_n)(Xn​) is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} whose transition matrix PPP has first row (k0,k1,k2,… )(k_0,k_1,k_2,\dots)(k0​,k1​,k2​,…) and, for i≥1i \ge 1i≥1, entries pij=kj−i+1p_{ij} = k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ for j≥i−1j \ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. A stationary distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π. Its generating function is Π(z)=∑iπizi\Pi(z) = \sum_i \pi_i z^iΠ(z)=∑i​πi​zi, and that of the arrivals per service is K(z)=∑ikiziK(z) = \sum_i k_i z^iK(z)=∑i​ki​zi, for complex ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1. The Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a distribution FFF on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is F∗(s)=∫0∞e−st dF(t)F^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st}\,dF(t)F∗(s)=∫0∞​e−stdF(t). In the Lean development these are arrivalProb, transitionMatrix, IsStationaryDist, pgf, utilization and lst in the namespace QueueingFundamentals.MG1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Pollaczek–Khintchine transform formula (5.15)–(5.16)

If E[S]<∞\mathrm E[S] < \inftyE[S]<∞ and ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, the chain has a stationary distribution, and every stationary distribution satisfies π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ and

Π(z)=(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)K(z)−z,∣z∣≤1, z≠1,\Pi(z) = \frac{(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)}{K(z)-z}, \qquad |z| \le 1,\ z \ne 1,Π(z)=K(z)−z(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)​,∣z∣≤1, z=1,

with K(z)≠zK(z) \ne zK(z)=z at each such zzz. It leaves the service distribution completely general.

Milestones

  1. The stationary equations (5.12): πi=π0ki+∑j=1i+1πjki−j+1\pi_i = \pi_0 k_i + \sum_{j=1}^{i+1}\pi_j k_{i-j+1}πi​=π0​ki​+∑j=1i+1​πj​ki−j+1​.
  2. The transform (5.14), Π(z)=π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\Pi(z) = \pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)Π(z)=π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z), with π0\pi_0π0​ free and no condition on ρ\rhoρ.
  3. Ergodicity (§5.1.4): a unique stationary distribution exists if and only if ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1.
  4. The departure-point mean (5.7): L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))L^{(D)} = \rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)).
  5. K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)]K(z) = B^*[\lambda(1-z)]K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32).
  6. The system-wait transform (5.29), (5.33): Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)]\Pi(z) = W^*[\lambda(1-z)]Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)] and W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W^*(s) = (1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  7. The line-wait transform (5.34): Wq∗(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W_q^*(s) = (1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])Wq∗​(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  8. The busy-period equation (5.37): G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]G^*(s) = B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)].
  9. The mean busy period: E[X]=1/(μ−λ)\mathrm E[X] = 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[X]=1/(μ−λ) with μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S].

Significance

The transform formula determines the whole stationary departure-point distribution from the service distribution. Its derivatives at z=1z = 1z=1 give every moment of the system size, including the mean-value formula (5.7). Combined with the transform identity (5.32), it gives the waiting-time transforms (5.33)–(5.34). Those in turn give the classical geometric-series representation of the line-wait distribution through the residual service time. The busy-period equation is the starting point for busy-period moments and for the M/G/1 analysis of priority and vacation models later in the book.

All results here are classical and proved in the literature. As far as a search of the platform shows (2026-09-28), none is machine-checked: there is no M/G/1 queue, imbedded departure-point chain, Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a service distribution, or busy-period equation on Prove2Me. Mathlib has Poisson distributions and measure convolution but no generating-function theory for countable Markov chains, no Laplace–Stieltjes transform, and no identity theorem in the form these statements need. The mission produces a checked statement of the Pollaczek–Khintchine formulas that later queueing developments (vacations, priorities, M/G/1-type chains) can build on.

Difficulty

Turning the stationary equations into (5.14) is formal power-series algebra. The difficulties lie elsewhere. First, the formula must hold for complex zzz on the closed disk, which needs the non-vanishing of K(z)−zK(z)-zK(z)−z away from z=1z = 1z=1. That fact fails for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1, where KKK has a fixed point inside the disk. Second, (5.15) evaluates π0\pi_0π0​ from Π(1)=1\Pi(1) = 1Π(1)=1 by a limit at the point where the formula is 0/00/00/0, and this uses K′(1)=ρK'(1) = \rhoK′(1)=ρ, an interchange of sum and integral. Third, the existence half of the goal requires positive recurrence of a chain with unbounded jumps. The book obtains it from Foster's criterion, which is not in Mathlib. Fourth, the waiting-time and busy-period transforms are stated for all real s>0s > 0s>0, while the generating-function route reaches only s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]s = \lambda(1-z) \in (0, 2\lambda]s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]. Extending the identity requires either analyticity arguments or a direct derivation. A formal proof of (5.14) alone does not touch any of these.

Formalization scope

The service distribution is a Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure B and B (Set.Iio 0) = 0; no density is assumed. The arrival rate is lam : ℝ with 0 < lam. Stationarity is IsStationaryDist P π: nonnegative entries, HasSum π 1, and HasSum (fun i => π i * P i j) (π j) for every j. That is global balance on ℕ, as the book writes it. Generating functions take a complex argument with ‖z‖ ≤ 1; transforms take a complex argument, and the waiting-time and busy-period statements use real s. The mean and variance of B are Bochner integrals, and every statement that uses them assumes Integrable. The mean busy period assumes 0 < E[S], so that μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S] is the book's service rate.

Closed forms carried by the statements: π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ (5.15); (1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.16); π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.14); ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))\rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)) (5.7); B∗[λ(1−z)]B^*[\lambda(1-z)]B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32); (1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.33); (1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.34); B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)] (5.37); 1/(μ−λ)1/(\mu-\lambda)1/(μ−λ) for the mean busy period.

The waiting-time distribution WWW enters through the book's FCFS relation πn=1n!∫(λt)ne−λt dW(t)\pi_n = \frac1{n!}\int(\lambda t)^n e^{-\lambda t}\,dW(t)πn​=n!1​∫(λt)ne−λtdW(t), and WqW_qWq​ through W=Wq∗BW = W_q * BW=Wq​∗B; both are hypotheses, as in the book. The busy-period distribution GGG enters through the equation (5.36) in CDF form, with nnn-fold convolutions built from Mathlib's Measure.conv.

The goal is not the algebraic consequence of (5.12) for an arbitrary sequence: π\piπ must be a probability vector, π0\pi_0π0​ is determined as 1−ρ1-\rho1−ρ, and the existence of a stationary distribution is part of the conclusion, so the statement cannot hold vacuously. The departure-point/time-average equality (§5.1.3, via PASTA) is not formalized.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: generating functions of stationary distributions on ℕ, Poisson mixtures, Laplace–Stieltjes transforms of measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and a Foster-type drift criterion for countable chains. Contributions proving any milestone, or those tools, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.1. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • L. Takács, Introduction to the Theory of Queues, Oxford University Press, 1962.
  • F. Pollaczek, Über eine Aufgabe der Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie, Mathematische Zeitschrift 32 (1930) 64–100. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01194620
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory V: Closed Jackson Networks and the Mean-Value RecursionTextbook

Motivation

Networks of queues model systems in which a job visits several service stations in turn: jobs in a computer system alternating between CPU and disks, machines cycling between operation and repair, parts routed through a job shop. In a closed network no job enters or leaves; a fixed population of NNN customers circulates among kkk nodes. Closed networks are the standard model of multiprogrammed computer systems and of machine-repair and finite-source systems, and they are the setting of chapter 4 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, doi:10.1002/9781118625651).

The chapter's results form a short line of computational ideas:

  • Jackson (1957, 1963) showed that open networks of exponential servers with Markovian routing have a product-form steady state; Gordon and Newell (1967) gave the closed-network version, (4.15)–(4.18) of the book.
  • Buzen (1973) gave a convolution recursion for the normalizing constant G(N)G(N)G(N) and for marginal distributions, (4.19)–(4.22).
  • Reiser and Lavenberg (1980) introduced mean-value analysis (MVA), which computes mean queue lengths, waiting times and throughputs population by population without ever forming G(N)G(N)G(N), (4.23)–(4.25); the book presents it following Bruell and Balbo (1980).
  • The book closes the section with a recursion for the full marginal distributions, (4.26), which it proves from the product form (pp.207–209).

This mission formalizes that line, ending at (4.26).

Setting

A closed Jackson network has nodes i=1,…,ki = 1, \dots, ki=1,…,k, each with a single server whose service times are exponential with rate μi>0\mu_i > 0μi​>0. A customer finishing service at node iii moves to node jjj with probability rijr_{ij}rij​; the routing matrix R=(rij)R = (r_{ij})R=(rij​) has nonnegative entries and rows summing to one, and it is irreducible: every node can be reached from every other. The state is nˉ=(n1,…,nk)\bar n = (n_1, \dots, n_k)nˉ=(n1​,…,nk​), the number of customers at each node, with n1+⋯+nk=Nn_1 + \cdots + n_k = Nn1​+⋯+nk​=N; this state space is finite.

The steady-state distribution pnˉp_{\bar n}pnˉ​ is the probability vector on the state space that solves the flow-balance equations (4.14),

∑j=1k∑i=1i≠jkμirij pnˉ;i+j−=∑i=1kμi(1−rii) pnˉ,\sum_{j=1}^{k}\sum_{\substack{i=1\\ i\ne j}}^{k} \mu_i r_{ij}\, p_{\bar n;i^+j^-} = \sum_{i=1}^{k}\mu_i(1-r_{ii})\,p_{\bar n},j=1∑k​i=1i=j​∑k​μi​rij​pnˉ;i+j−​=i=1∑k​μi​(1−rii​)pnˉ​,

where nˉ;i+j−\bar n;i^+j^-nˉ;i+j− has one more customer at iii and one fewer at jjj, and terms with a negative subscript or with μi\mu_iμi​ at an empty node vanish. The traffic equations (4.16) are μiρi=∑jμjrjiρj\mu_i\rho_i = \sum_j \mu_j r_{ji}\rho_jμi​ρi​=∑j​μj​rji​ρj​; they determine ρ=(ρ1,…,ρk)\rho = (\rho_1, \dots, \rho_k)ρ=(ρ1​,…,ρk​) up to a positive factor. The normalizing constant is

G(N)=∑n1+⋯+nk=Nρ1n1⋯ρknk,G(N) = \sum_{n_1+\cdots+n_k=N}\rho_1^{n_1}\cdots\rho_k^{n_k},G(N)=n1​+⋯+nk​=N∑​ρ1n1​​⋯ρknk​​,

and more generally, with fi(n)=ρi n/ai(n)f_i(n) = \rho_i^{\,n}/a_i(n)fi​(n)=ρin​/ai​(n) for cic_ici​-server nodes ((4.13)), G(N)=∑∏ifi(ni)G(N) = \sum \prod_i f_i(n_i)G(N)=∑∏i​fi​(ni​) and Buzen's function gm(n)=∑n1+⋯+nm=n∏i≤mfi(ni)g_m(n) = \sum_{n_1+\cdots+n_m=n}\prod_{i\le m} f_i(n_i)gm​(n)=∑n1​+⋯+nm​=n​∏i≤m​fi​(ni​).

For each population NNN write pi(n,N)=Pr⁡{Ni=n}p_i(n, N) = \Pr\{N_i = n\}pi​(n,N)=Pr{Ni​=n} for the marginal distribution at node iii, Pˉi(n;N)=Pr⁡{Ni≥n}\bar P_i(n; N) = \Pr\{N_i \ge n\}Pˉi​(n;N)=Pr{Ni​≥n}, Li(N)L_i(N)Li​(N) for the mean number at node iii, and

λi(N)=Pr⁡{server busy at node i}⋅μi\lambda_i(N) = \Pr\{\text{server busy at node } i\}\cdot\mu_iλi​(N)=Pr{server busy at node i}⋅μi​

for the throughput of node iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: the marginal recursion (4.26)

For every node iii,

pi(0,0)=1,pi(n,N)=λi(N)μi pi(n−1,N−1)(n,N≥1).p_i(0,0) = 1, \qquad p_i(n, N) = \frac{\lambda_i(N)}{\mu_i}\,p_i(n-1, N-1) \quad (n, N \ge 1).pi​(0,0)=1,pi​(n,N)=μi​λi​(N)​pi​(n−1,N−1)(n,N≥1).

It involves only the steady-state distributions and quantities computed from them; it holds for every irreducible routing matrix and every choice of rates.

Milestones

  1. Product form (4.14)–(4.16). For any positive solution ρ\rhoρ of (4.16), a probability distribution solves (4.14) if and only if pnˉ=G(N)−1ρ1n1⋯ρknkp_{\bar n} = G(N)^{-1}\rho_1^{n_1}\cdots\rho_k^{n_k}pnˉ​=G(N)−1ρ1n1​​⋯ρknk​​.
  2. Buzen's algorithm (4.19)–(4.21). G(N)=gk(N)G(N) = g_k(N)G(N)=gk​(N), gm(n)=∑i=0nfm(i) gm−1(n−i)g_m(n) = \sum_{i=0}^{n} f_m(i)\,g_{m-1}(n-i)gm​(n)=∑i=0n​fm​(i)gm−1​(n−i), g1=f1g_1 = f_1g1​=f1​, gm(0)=1g_m(0) = 1gm​(0)=1.
  3. Marginal at the last node (4.22). pk(n)=fk(n) gk−1(N−n)/G(N)p_k(n) = f_k(n)\,g_{k-1}(N-n)/G(N)pk​(n)=fk​(n)gk−1​(N−n)/G(N) for 0≤n≤N0 \le n \le N0≤n≤N.
  4. Complementary marginal (p.208). Pˉi(ni;N)=ρi niG(N−ni)/G(N)\bar P_i(n_i; N) = \rho_i^{\,n_i}G(N-n_i)/G(N)Pˉi​(ni​;N)=ρini​​G(N−ni​)/G(N).
  5. Mean-value analysis (4.23)–(4.25). Li(0)=0L_i(0) = 0Li​(0)=0; Li(N)=λi(N)Wi(N)L_i(N) = \lambda_i(N)W_i(N)Li​(N)=λi​(N)Wi​(N) with Wi(N)=(1+Li(N−1))/μiW_i(N) = (1 + L_i(N-1))/\mu_iWi​(N)=(1+Li​(N−1))/μi​; and for vvv solving vi=∑jvjrjiv_i = \sum_j v_j r_{ji}vi​=∑j​vj​rji​ with vl=1v_l = 1vl​=1, λl(N)=N/∑iviWi(N)\lambda_l(N) = N/\sum_i v_iW_i(N)λl​(N)=N/∑i​vi​Wi​(N) and λi(N)=λl(N)vi\lambda_i(N) = \lambda_l(N)v_iλi​(N)=λl​(N)vi​.

Significance

The product form reduces a (N+k−1N)\binom{N+k-1}{N}(NN+k−1​)-state Markov chain to the constants G(0),…,G(N)G(0), \dots, G(N)G(0),…,G(N), and Buzen's recursion computes them in O(kN2)O(kN^2)O(kN2) operations. Mean-value analysis goes further and avoids G(N)G(N)G(N), whose magnitude can overflow or underflow for large populations; it is the method used in capacity planning of computer systems. The recursion (4.26) extends MVA from means to full marginal distributions, so a single pass over NNN yields every nodal distribution.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature; the book proves (4.26) itself. What the mission adds is a machine-checked development of them from the global balance equations: the product form with its uniqueness, the convolution identities, the marginal formulas, and the correctness of the MVA iteration as stated by the book, all over one shared definition layer. A search of the platform on 2026-09-28 found no formal statement of Buzen's algorithm or of MVA. The platform has Kelly's closed migration process theorem (KellyStochasticNetworks.closed_migration_equilibrium), which shows that the unnormalized product form satisfies the equilibrium equations under Kelly's conventions; the normalization, uniqueness and everything downstream of the product form are new here.

Difficulty

The combinatorial identities (Buzen's recursion, the tail marginal) are reindexings of finite sums over compositions of NNN; in Lean the work is in bijections between the state spaces {n1+⋯+nk=N}\{n_1+\cdots+n_k = N\}{n1​+⋯+nk​=N} for different kkk and NNN. The substantive step is uniqueness in the product-form theorem: the global balance equations have a one-dimensional solution space only because the chain on the NNN-customer states is irreducible on the population level, which is a property of the network chain and not of the routing matrix alone. The goal and MVA also need a positive solution of the traffic equations, which is not among the hypotheses and has to come from irreducibility of RRR. The book's own intuitive derivation of MVA via the arrival theorem is not the route the statements require; they are stated in terms of the steady-state distributions alone.

Formalization scope

Nodes are Fin k (book node iii is index i−1i-1i−1); states are n : Fin k → ℕ with ∑ i, n i = N, collected in a Finset, and all sums are finite. A distribution is a real function on Nk\mathbb N^kNk that is nonnegative, vanishes off the NNN-customer states and sums to one there. The balance equations are (4.14) verbatim with the book's boundary convention (p.188), not detailed balance. All results except Buzen's algorithm and (4.22) are for single-server nodes, as in the book; (4.13)'s multiserver factor ai(n)a_i(n)ai​(n) enters only (4.19)–(4.22).

Closed forms instantiated in the statements: the product form G(N)−1∏iρiniG(N)^{-1}\prod_i\rho_i^{n_i}G(N)−1∏i​ρini​​ ((4.15)); G(N)G(N)G(N) as the explicit sum (4.18)/(4.19); ai(n)a_i(n)ai​(n) from (4.13); gmg_mgm​ from (4.20); pk(n)=fk(n)gk−1(N−n)/G(N)p_k(n) = f_k(n)g_{k-1}(N-n)/G(N)pk​(n)=fk​(n)gk−1​(N−n)/G(N) ((4.22)); Pˉi(n;N)=ρinG(N−n)/G(N)\bar P_i(n;N) = \rho_i^nG(N-n)/G(N)Pˉi​(n;N)=ρin​G(N−n)/G(N) (p.208); Wi(N)=(1+Li(N−1))/μiW_i(N) = (1+L_i(N-1))/\mu_iWi​(N)=(1+Li​(N−1))/μi​ ((4.23)); λl(N)=N/∑iviWi(N)\lambda_l(N) = N/\sum_i v_iW_i(N)λl​(N)=N/∑i​vi​Wi​(N) (MVA step (iii)(b)).

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out: λi(N)\lambda_i(N)λi​(N) in (4.26) and (4.24) is the throughput computed from the steady-state distribution, not a free constant (which would make (4.26) a definition); and gmg_mgm​ is defined by the sum (4.20), so the recursion (4.21) is a theorem rather than rfl. The product-form statement is an equivalence, so it asserts both that the product form is a steady state and that it is the only one.

Needed infrastructure: bijections between compositions of NNN into kkk and k−1k-1k−1 parts, uniqueness of stationary distributions of irreducible finite continuous-time chains (stated directly via the balance equations), and existence of positive solutions of v=vRv = vRv=vR for irreducible stochastic RRR. The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order, and helper lemmas on these three points.

Not formalized: open Jackson networks (4.11) and Burke's theorem (4.5)–(4.6), multiclass networks (§4.2.1), the multiserver recursion (4.27) and cyclic queues (§4.4).

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §4.3, pp.195–209. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • J. R. Jackson, "Jobshop-like queueing systems", Management Science 10(1), 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • W. J. Gordon, G. F. Newell, "Closed queuing systems with exponential servers", Operations Research 15(2), 1967. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.15.2.254
  • J. P. Buzen, "Computational algorithms for closed queueing networks with exponential servers", Communications of the ACM 16(9), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1145/362342.362345
  • M. Reiser, S. S. Lavenberg, "Mean-value analysis of closed multichain queuing networks", Journal of the ACM 27(2), 1980. https://doi.org/10.1145/322186.322195
  • S. C. Bruell, G. Balbo, Computational Algorithms for Closed Queueing Networks, North-Holland, 1980.
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory IV: The Stationary Distribution of the M/M/1 Retrial QueueTextbook

Motivation

In many service systems a customer who finds every server busy does not join a queue. A caller who hears a busy signal hangs up and redials later; a request rejected by a saturated server is resent after a timeout; an aircraft that cannot land circles and tries again. These retrial queues are the subject of a substantial literature in telephone traffic engineering, computer networks and call-centre design, surveyed in the monograph of Falin and Templeton (1997) and the bibliography of Artalejo (1999). Their analysis is harder than that of ordinary queues: the blocked customers form an orbit whose size is part of the state, so even the simplest model is a two-dimensional Markov chain, and explicit stationary distributions are rare.

This mission is the fourth of a series formalizing Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008). Its goal is the explicit stationary distribution of the single-server retrial queue, Eq. (3.57) of §3.5.1, one of the few retrial models solvable in closed form. Chapter 3 of the book treats Markovian queues that are not birth–death processes: bulk arrivals, bulk service, Erlang phases, priority disciplines and retrials. The milestones also collect three capstone formulas from the chapter's other sections: the bulk-input queue, the partial-batch bulk-service queue, and Cobham's formula for nonpreemptive priorities (Cobham, 1954).

Setting

In the M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 retrial queue customers arrive according to a Poisson process with rate λ\lambdaλ and are served one at a time by a single server, with exponential service times of mean 1/μ1/\mu1/μ. An arrival that finds the server busy enters the orbit and stays there for an exponential time with mean 1/γ1/\gamma1/γ, after which it tries again; each customer in orbit retries independently. No customer leaves because of impatience. With Ns(t)∈{0,1}N_s(t) \in \{0,1\}Ns​(t)∈{0,1} the number in service and No(t)N_o(t)No​(t) the number in orbit, the pair is a continuous-time Markov chain on states {i,n}\{i, n\}{i,n}, i∈{0,1}i \in \{0,1\}i∈{0,1}, n∈{0,1,2,… }n \in \{0,1,2,\dots\}n∈{0,1,2,…}. Writing pi,np_{i,n}pi,n​ for the steady-state probability of {i,n}\{i,n\}{i,n}, the rate-balance equations are

(λ+nγ)p0,n=μp1,n,n≥0,(3.47)(λ+μ)p1,n=λp0,n+(n+1)γp0,n+1+λp1,n−1,n≥1,(3.48)(λ+μ)p1,0=λp0,0+γp0,1.(3.49)\begin{aligned} (\lambda + n\gamma)p_{0,n} &= \mu p_{1,n}, && n \ge 0, && (3.47)\\ (\lambda+\mu)p_{1,n} &= \lambda p_{0,n} + (n+1)\gamma p_{0,n+1} + \lambda p_{1,n-1}, && n \ge 1, && (3.48)\\ (\lambda+\mu)p_{1,0} &= \lambda p_{0,0} + \gamma p_{0,1}. && && (3.49) \end{aligned}(λ+nγ)p0,n​(λ+μ)p1,n​(λ+μ)p1,0​​=μp1,n​,=λp0,n​+(n+1)γp0,n+1​+λp1,n−1​,=λp0,0​+γp0,1​.​​n≥0,n≥1,​​(3.47)(3.48)(3.49)​

Following the book's convention (§1.9, and the footnote on p.118), a steady-state solution is a nonnegative solution of these equations whose total mass ∑n(p0,n+p1,n)\sum_n (p_{0,n} + p_{1,n})∑n​(p0,n​+p1,n​) equals 111. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ, and the partial generating functions are P0(z)=∑nznp0,nP_0(z) = \sum_n z^n p_{0,n}P0​(z)=∑n​znp0,n​ and P1(z)=∑nznp1,nP_1(z) = \sum_n z^n p_{1,n}P1​(z)=∑n​znp1,n​.

The other models of the mission use the same convention. In the bulk-input queue M[X]/M/1M^{[X]}/M/1M[X]/M/1, batches arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ with batch-size probabilities cn=Pr⁡{X=n}c_n = \Pr\{X = n\}cn​=Pr{X=n}, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, and batch-size generating function C(z)=∑ncnznC(z) = \sum_n c_n z^nC(z)=∑n​cn​zn. In the partial-batch bulk-service queue M/M[K]/1M/M^{[K]}/1M/M[K]/1, single arrivals come at rate λ\lambdaλ and the server serves up to KKK customers together in an exponential time of mean 1/μ1/\mu1/μ. In the nonpreemptive priority queue there are rrr classes with rates λk\lambda_kλk​ and μk\mu_kμk​, loads ρk=λk/μk\rho_k = \lambda_k/\mu_kρk​=λk​/μk​ and cumulative loads σk=ρ1+⋯+ρk\sigma_k = \rho_1 + \cdots + \rho_kσk​=ρ1​+⋯+ρk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the stationary distribution (3.57)

For λ,μ,γ>0\lambda, \mu, \gamma > 0λ,μ,γ>0 and ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, the numbers

p0,n=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1ρnn! γn∏i=0n−1(λ+iγ),p1,n=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1ρn+1n! γn∏i=1n(λ+iγ)p_{0,n} = (1-\rho)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}\frac{\rho^n}{n!\,\gamma^n}\prod_{i=0}^{n-1}(\lambda+i\gamma), \qquad p_{1,n} = (1-\rho)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}\frac{\rho^{n+1}}{n!\,\gamma^n}\prod_{i=1}^{n}(\lambda+i\gamma)p0,n​=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1n!γnρn​i=0∏n−1​(λ+iγ),p1,n​=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1n!γnρn+1​i=1∏n​(λ+iγ)

form a steady-state solution of (3.47)–(3.49), and every steady-state solution equals them.

Milestones on the retrial queue

The generating functions satisfy (3.50)–(3.52) on (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1), including the separable equation

P0′(z)=λργ(1−ρz)P0(z),P_0'(z) = \frac{\lambda\rho}{\gamma(1-\rho z)}P_0(z),P0′​(z)=γ(1−ρz)λρ​P0​(z),

their closed form is (3.55),

P0(z)=(1−ρz)(1−ρ1−ρz)(λ/γ)+1,P1(z)=ρ(1−ρ1−ρz)(λ/γ)+1,P_0(z) = (1-\rho z)\left(\frac{1-\rho}{1-\rho z}\right)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}, \qquad P_1(z) = \rho\left(\frac{1-\rho}{1-\rho z}\right)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1},P0​(z)=(1−ρz)(1−ρz1−ρ​)(λ/γ)+1,P1​(z)=ρ(1−ρz1−ρ​)(λ/γ)+1,

and the mean orbit size is (3.58), Lo=ρ21−ρ⋅μ+γγL_o = \frac{\rho^2}{1-\rho}\cdot\frac{\mu+\gamma}{\gamma}Lo​=1−ρρ2​⋅γμ+γ​.

Milestones from the rest of Chapter 3

The bulk-input generating function (3.3), p0=1−ρp_0 = 1 - \rhop0​=1−ρ with ρ=λE[X]/μ\rho = \lambda\mathrm E[X]/\muρ=λE[X]/μ, and the mean (3.4); the unique root r0∈(0,1)r_0 \in (0,1)r0​∈(0,1) of μrK+1−(λ+μ)r+λ=0\mu r^{K+1} - (\lambda+\mu)r + \lambda = 0μrK+1−(λ+μ)r+λ=0 and the geometric law pn=(1−r0)r0np_n = (1-r_0)r_0^npn​=(1−r0​)r0n​ (3.9); and Cobham's formula (3.41)/(3.43), the unique solution of the linear system (3.40).

Significance

The closed form (3.57) makes every performance measure of the M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 retrial queue explicit. The server is busy a fraction ρ\rhoρ of the time, exactly as without retrials. The mean orbit size (3.58) is the M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 mean queue length multiplied by (μ+γ)/γ(\mu+\gamma)/\gamma(μ+γ)/γ, and the mean time in orbit (3.59) follows from Little's law. These formulas quantify the cost of retrials against an ordinary queue and are the reference case against which approximations for multi-server retrial systems are checked.

The results are classical and proved in the book, partly through exercises (Problems 3.39–3.41). None of them is formalized in any proof assistant, as far as the platform's catalogue shows: there is no retrial, bulk or priority queue on Prove2Me. The mission produces machine-checked statements and, once solved, proofs of the chapter's main closed forms. It also produces a small reusable layer: generating functions of probability sequences on the closed unit disc, and the "probability solution of the balance equations" pattern for chains with countable state spaces.

Difficulty

The derivation in the book is formal. It differentiates power series term by term, divides by 1−z1 - z1−z, integrates ln⁡P0\ln P_0lnP0​, and fixes the constant by setting z=1z = 1z=1, without justifying any of these steps. A formal proof has to show that the series converge and are differentiable on (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1), that the differential equation determines P0P_0P0​ up to a constant, and that the values at z=1z = 1z=1 are the limits of the values inside the disc (Abel's theorem). The uniqueness half of the goal is the hardest part. The book never proves it; it follows from the ODE argument only once every step is shown to hold for an arbitrary probability solution. Verifying that (3.57) solves (3.47)–(3.49) is only the easy half. The same pattern recurs in the bulk-input queue, where z=1z = 1z=1 is a removable singularity of (3.3). In the bulk-service queue the root r0r_0r0​ is only characterized as the unique root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), so existence and uniqueness of the root are part of the claim.

Formalization scope

A steady-state solution is a pair p0 p1 : ℕ → ℝ (resp. one sequence p : ℕ → ℝ) that is pointwise nonnegative, has total mass 111 as a HasSum, and solves the book's balance equations exactly as printed, global balance and not detailed balance. Every "the steady-state solution is X" is stated with both halves: X is a steady-state solution, and every steady-state solution equals X. Stating only that (3.57) solves (3.47)–(3.49), without normalization or uniqueness, would be a trivializing formalization. So would taking r0r_0r0​ as a given root in (3.9), or taking the Wq(i)W_q^{(i)}Wq(i)​ in (3.41) as numbers assumed to satisfy it. None of these is used. The closed forms instantiated are (3.52), (3.55), (3.57), (3.58), (3.3), (3.4), (3.9), (3.41) and (3.43), each written out in full, with the real power (1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1(1-\rho)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1 as Real.rpow.

The conventions are as follows. The retrial generating functions take real arguments, on (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1) for the differential equations and on [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] for the closed form. The bulk-input generating function takes complex arguments with ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1, z≠1z \ne 1z=1, because (3.3) is 0/00/00/0 at z=1z = 1z=1. The condition ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 is a hypothesis of every retrial statement. For the bulk-service queue the book's unnamed condition is stated as λ<Kμ\lambda < K\muλ<Kμ. For bulk input, E[X]<∞\mathrm E[X] < \inftyE[X]<∞ is assumed throughout, and the mean (3.4) is asserted under the further condition E[X2]<∞\mathrm E[X^2] < \inftyE[X2]<∞, which it requires. For Cobham's formula only the algebraic content is formalized; the mean-value argument that yields (3.40) and (3.42) is not.

Needed infrastructure: power series of summable nonnegative sequences on the closed unit disc (convergence, term-by-term differentiation, Abel continuity), the binomial series (1−x)−a=∑na(a+1)⋯(a+n−1)n!xn(1 - x)^{-a} = \sum_n \frac{a(a+1)\cdots(a+n-1)}{n!}x^n(1−x)−a=∑n​n!a(a+1)⋯(a+n−1)​xn for real aaa, and uniqueness of invariant probability vectors for irreducible chains. All of this is reusable beyond the mission. Proofs of any milestone, of the easy half of the goal, or of the needed series facts are welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §§3.1, 3.2.0.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • G. I. Falin, J. G. C. Templeton, Retrial Queues, Chapman & Hall, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2977-8
  • J. R. Artalejo, Accessible bibliography on retrial queues, Mathematical and Computer Modelling 30 (1999) 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0895-7177(99)00128-4
  • A. Cobham, Priority assignment in waiting line problems, Journal of the Operations Research Society of America 2 (1954) 70–76. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2.1.70
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisMarkov ChainProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory III: The Transient M/M/1 Queue via Modified Bessel FunctionsTextbook

Motivation

Steady-state formulas describe a queue that has been running forever. Many practical questions are about a queue that has not: a call centre just after opening, a server just after a reset, a system under a burst of load. For these, the relevant quantity is the transient distribution pn(t)=Pr⁡{N(t)=n}p_n(t) = \Pr\{N(t) = n\}pn​(t)=Pr{N(t)=n} of the number N(t)N(t)N(t) in the system at a finite time ttt. It is also what determines how fast the steady state is approached, and it is needed for the busy period: the length of time a server stays busy once a customer arrives at an idle server.

For the single-server Markovian queue M/M/1 the transient distribution has an explicit closed form in modified Bessel functions. Its history is short and well documented. Ledermann and Reuter (1954) obtained it by spectral analysis of the birth–death process. Bailey (1954) found it by generating functions and Laplace transforms, and Champernowne (1956) by combinatorial methods. Bailey's route is the standard textbook derivation, and it is the one Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris outline in §2.11 of Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., 2008). Abate and Whitt (1989) showed that computing with the resulting series is numerically delicate, which is one reason for having the formula pinned down exactly.

This mission formalizes §§2.11–2.12 of that book: the transient laws of M/M/1/1, M/M/1 and M/M/∞, and the M/M/1 busy period.

Setting

Customers arrive in a Poisson stream of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Each service takes an exponential time of rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, and ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ. The number in the system is a continuous-time Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…}, and its state probabilities pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t) satisfy the forward (differential–difference) equations. For M/M/1 started with N(0)=iN(0) = iN(0)=i they are, for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0,

pn′(t)=−(λ+μ)pn(t)+λpn−1(t)+μpn+1(t) (n>0),p0′(t)=−λp0(t)+μp1(t),(2.72)p_n'(t) = -(\lambda+\mu)p_n(t) + \lambda p_{n-1}(t) + \mu p_{n+1}(t)\ (n > 0), \qquad p_0'(t) = -\lambda p_0(t) + \mu p_1(t), \tag{2.72}pn′​(t)=−(λ+μ)pn​(t)+λpn−1​(t)+μpn+1​(t) (n>0),p0′​(t)=−λp0​(t)+μp1​(t),(2.72)

with pn(0)=1p_n(0) = 1pn​(0)=1 if n=in = in=i and 000 otherwise. The other systems are variants:

  • M/M/1/1, no waiting room: two states and equations (2.70).
  • M/M/∞, ample service: the death rate in state nnn is nμn\munμ, giving (2.76).
  • The busy-period system: (2.72) with 000 made absorbing (λ0=0\lambda_0 = 0λ0​=0) and N(0)=1N(0) = 1N(0)=1. Its p0(t)p_0(t)p0​(t) is the distribution function of the busy period TbpT_{bp}Tbp​.

A family (pn)(p_n)(pn​) solves a system on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) when each pnp_npn​ has, at every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, the prescribed derivative (a right derivative at t=0t = 0t=0). It is a probability solution when pn(t)≥0p_n(t) \ge 0pn​(t)≥0 and ∑npn(t)=1\sum_n p_n(t) = 1∑n​pn​(t)=1 for every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. The modified Bessel function of the first kind is

In(y)=∑k=0∞(y/2)n+2kk! (n+k)!,I−n=In,I_n(y) = \sum_{k=0}^{\infty} \frac{(y/2)^{n+2k}}{k!\,(n+k)!}, \qquad I_{-n} = I_n,In​(y)=k=0∑∞​k!(n+k)!(y/2)n+2k​,I−n​=In​,

and the Laplace transform of fff is fˉ(s)=∫0∞e−stf(t) dt\bar f(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st} f(t)\,dtfˉ​(s)=∫0∞​e−stf(t)dt for Re⁡s>0\operatorname{Re} s > 0Res>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: the transient M/M/1 law, (2.75)

With y=2tλμy = 2t\sqrt{\lambda\mu}y=2tλμ​,

pn(t)=e−(λ+μ)t[ρ(n−i)/2In−i(y)+ρ(n−i−1)/2In+i+1(y)+(1−ρ)ρn∑j=n+i+2∞ρ−j/2Ij(y)].p_n(t) = e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t}\Big[\rho^{(n-i)/2} I_{n-i}(y) + \rho^{(n-i-1)/2} I_{n+i+1}(y) + (1-\rho)\rho^n \sum_{j=n+i+2}^{\infty} \rho^{-j/2} I_j(y)\Big].pn​(t)=e−(λ+μ)t[ρ(n−i)/2In−i​(y)+ρ(n−i−1)/2In+i+1​(y)+(1−ρ)ρnj=n+i+2∑∞​ρ−j/2Ij​(y)].

The goal asserts five things for every λ,μ>0\lambda, \mu > 0λ,μ>0 and every iii, with no restriction on ρ\rhoρ:

  1. the series converges;
  2. these functions solve (2.72);
  3. they meet the initial condition;
  4. they form a probability distribution at every ttt;
  5. they are the only probability solution.

Milestones

  1. (2.71): the M/M/1/1 solution p1(t)=λλ+μ(1−e−(λ+μ)t)+p1(0)e−(λ+μ)tp_1(t) = \frac{\lambda}{\lambda+\mu}(1-e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t}) + p_1(0)e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t}p1​(t)=λ+μλ​(1−e−(λ+μ)t)+p1​(0)e−(λ+μ)t, and the matching formula for p0p_0p0​.
  2. (2.74) and Rouché's theorem: for Re⁡s>0\operatorname{Re} s > 0Res>0, the quadratic (λ+μ+s)z−μ−λz2(\lambda+\mu+s)z - \mu - \lambda z^2(λ+μ+s)z−μ−λz2 has exactly one zero in ∣z∣<1|z| < 1∣z∣<1, namely z1=(λ+μ+s−(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ)/(2λ)z_1 = (\lambda+\mu+s-\sqrt{(\lambda+\mu+s)^2-4\lambda\mu})/(2\lambda)z1​=(λ+μ+s−(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ​)/(2λ).
  3. The transform of p0p_0p0​: pˉ0(s)=z1i+1/(μ(1−z1))\bar p_0(s) = z_1^{i+1}/(\mu(1-z_1))pˉ​0​(s)=z1i+1​/(μ(1−z1​)).
  4. The limit of (2.75): pn(t)→(1−ρ)ρnp_n(t) \to (1-\rho)\rho^npn​(t)→(1−ρ)ρn if ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, and pn(t)→0p_n(t) \to 0pn​(t)→0 if ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1.
  5. (2.77), M/M/∞: started empty, pn(t)=a(t)ne−a(t)/n!p_n(t) = a(t)^n e^{-a(t)}/n!pn​(t)=a(t)ne−a(t)/n! with a(t)=(1−e−μt)λ/μa(t) = (1-e^{-\mu t})\lambda/\mua(t)=(1−e−μt)λ/μ. The statement says that this family solves (2.76), is the unique probability solution, and has generating function exp⁡((z−1)a(t))\exp((z-1)a(t))exp((z−1)a(t)).
  6. The busy-period transform: pˉ0(s)=2μ/(s[λ+μ+s+(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ])\bar p_0(s) = 2\mu/(s[\lambda+\mu+s+\sqrt{(\lambda+\mu+s)^2-4\lambda\mu}])pˉ​0​(s)=2μ/(s[λ+μ+s+(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ​]).
  7. The busy-period density: p0′(t)=μ/λ e−(λ+μ)tI1(2λμ t)/tp_0'(t) = \sqrt{\mu/\lambda}\,e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t} I_1(2\sqrt{\lambda\mu}\,t)/tp0′​(t)=μ/λ​e−(λ+μ)tI1​(2λμ​t)/t.
  8. (2.79): for λ<μ\lambda < \muλ<μ, E[Tbp]=1/(μ−λ)E[T_{bp}] = 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[Tbp​]=1/(μ−λ) and E[Tbc]=1/λ+1/(μ−λ)E[T_{bc}] = 1/\lambda + 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[Tbc​]=1/λ+1/(μ−λ).

Significance

The formula (2.75) is the exact finite-time law of the most basic queue. It gives the rate at which M/M/1 approaches equilibrium, and it gives the distribution of the queue under overload (ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1), where no steady state exists. It is the reference against which numerical transient methods, such as the uniformization of Chapter 8 of the same book, are checked. The busy-period density and its mean (2.79) enter server-utilisation and vacation models, and the Laplace-transform method used here recurs in the M/G/1 analysis of Chapter 5.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature. None of them is machine-checked, as far as the platform's catalogue and Mathlib show. The chain from a countable system of linear ODEs, through generating functions and a root-location argument, to a Bessel series is a standard pattern in applied probability, and a formal version of it is what this mission adds. The formal statements also make explicit what the book leaves implicit: the sense in which the equations hold at t=0t = 0t=0, and the class in which the solution is unique.

Difficulty

The forward equations (2.72) form an infinite linear system. The obvious approach is to treat it like a finite system of ODEs, whose solution is a matrix exponential, and read off (2.75). That fails for two reasons. The generator is an infinite matrix, so its exponential needs a functional-analytic setting. And uniqueness is not automatic for infinite systems: it needs a class, such as probability solutions, and an argument that works in that class.

The Bessel form is a second, independent difficulty. The transform pˉ0(s)\bar p_0(s)pˉ​0​(s) is fixed by a root-location argument in the complex plane. Inverting the transform, or verifying (2.75) directly, requires manipulating the three-term Bessel recurrence and exchanging infinite sums. The tail sum ∑jρ−j/2Ij\sum_{j} \rho^{-j/2} I_j∑j​ρ−j/2Ij​ has to be controlled uniformly enough to be differentiated term by term. For ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1 the factor (1−ρ)(1-\rho)(1−ρ) is non-positive, so the nonnegativity of pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t) is not visible from the formula.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to:

  • Parameters. Rates are real with λ,μ>0\lambda, \mu > 0λ,μ>0, and ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ. States are ℕ (Fin 2 for M/M/1/1).
  • Solutions. "Solves on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" is HasDerivWithinAt on Set.Ici 0 at every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. Uniqueness is asserted among solutions that are probability distributions at every time.
  • Special functions. Half-integer powers of ρ\rhoρ are real powers, and I−m=ImI_{-m} = I_mI−m​=Im​ is part of the definition. Laplace transforms are complex Bochner integrals over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and each statement also asserts the integrability it needs. Square roots with positive real part are hypotheses r2=(λ+μ+s)2−4λμr^2 = (\lambda+\mu+s)^2 - 4\lambda\mur2=(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ, Re⁡r>0\operatorname{Re} r > 0Rer>0.

The closed forms stated exactly as in the book are:

  • (2.71);
  • z1z_1z1​ and z2z_2z2​ of (2.74);
  • pˉ0(s)=z1i+1/(μ(1−z1))\bar p_0(s) = z_1^{i+1}/(\mu(1-z_1))pˉ​0​(s)=z1i+1​/(μ(1−z1​));
  • (2.75), with the Bessel series of p.101;
  • the M/M/∞ law and (2.77);
  • the busy-period transform and density of p.102;
  • (2.79).

The book derives (2.79) by a steady-state ratio argument valid for M/G/1. Here it is stated for M/M/1, as the mean of the explicit density.

A statement of (2.75) that only asserts the right-hand side is well defined, or checks only n=0n = 0n=0, is ruled out: the goal requires the ODE system, the initial condition, the probability property and uniqueness. For the same reason, the M/M/∞ law is tied to the system (2.76) and does not reduce to a Taylor expansion.

Needed infrastructure that Mathlib lacks:

  • modified Bessel functions of integer order;
  • Laplace transforms;
  • a Rouché-type zero count or a direct root-location lemma;
  • uniqueness for countable linear ODE systems with bounded or linearly growing rates.

The Bessel and Laplace definitions, and the uniqueness lemma for birth–death forward equations, are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of those as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §§2.11–2.12, pp.97–103. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • N. T. J. Bailey, "A continuous time treatment of a simple queue using generating functions", J. Royal Statistical Society B 16 (1954) 288–291. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1954.tb00172.x
  • W. Ledermann, G. E. H. Reuter, "Spectral theory for the differential equations of simple birth and death processes", Phil. Trans. Royal Society A 246 (1954) 321–369. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsta.1954.0001
  • D. G. Champernowne, "An elementary method of solution of the queueing problem with a single server and constant parameters", J. Royal Statistical Society B 18 (1956) 125–128. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1956.tb00217.x
  • J. Abate, W. Whitt, "Calculating time-dependent performance measures for the M/M/1 queue", IEEE Trans. Communications 37 (1989) 1102–1104. https://doi.org/10.1109/26.41165
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory II: Erlang's Formulas and the Halfin–Whitt Square-Root Staffing LawTextbook

Why birth–death queues and Erlang's formulas

Every call center, hospital ward, cloud server pool and telephone exchange that is sized by formula is sized by one of a handful of explicit expressions from Markovian queueing theory. The two oldest are A. K. Erlang's: the Erlang-B (loss) formula of 1917, which gives the fraction of calls lost when ccc trunks carry an offered load of rrr erlangs, and the Erlang-C formula, which gives the probability that a customer of a ccc-server queue must wait. Both are still the default dimensioning rules of telecommunications and call-center workforce management (Gans, Koole & Mandelbaum 2003).

This mission formalizes Chapter 2, §§2.1–2.10, of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed. (Wiley 2008), which derives these formulas from a single result about birth–death processes and closes with the modern answer to the staffing question.

Timeline. Erlang (1917) obtained the loss formula; Vaulot (1927), Pollaczek (1932), Palm (1938) and Kosten (1948) completed its proof for general service times. Halfin and Whitt (1981) showed that in the M/M/nM/M/nM/M/n queue the delay probability converges to a limit strictly between 000 and 111 exactly when the number of servers exceeds the offered load by an amount of order n\sqrt nn​. This is the quality-and-efficiency-driven (QED) regime on which square-root staffing rests.

Setting

A birth–death process is a continuous-time Markov chain on the states n∈{0,1,2,… }n \in \{0, 1, 2, \dots\}n∈{0,1,2,…} that moves from nnn to n+1n+1n+1 at rate λn≥0\lambda_n \ge 0λn​≥0 (a birth, or arrival) and, for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, from nnn to n−1n-1n−1 at rate μn>0\mu_n > 0μn​>0 (a death, or departure). A steady-state solution is a probability sequence {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} (pn≥0p_n \ge 0pn​≥0, ∑npn=1\sum_n p_n = 1∑n​pn​=1) solving the global balance equations (2.1):

(λn+μn)pn=λn−1pn−1+μn+1pn+1 (n≥1),λ0p0=μ1p1.(\lambda_n + \mu_n)p_n = \lambda_{n-1}p_{n-1} + \mu_{n+1}p_{n+1}\ (n \ge 1), \qquad \lambda_0 p_0 = \mu_1 p_1.(λn​+μn​)pn​=λn−1​pn−1​+μn+1​pn+1​ (n≥1),λ0​p0​=μ1​p1​.

The queues of the chapter are birth–death processes with particular rates. The M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 queue has λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambdaλn​=λ, μn=μ\mu_n = \muμn​=μ and traffic intensity ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ. The M/M/cM/M/cM/M/c queue has λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambdaλn​=λ, μn=min⁡(n,c)μ\mu_n = \min(n, c)\muμn​=min(n,c)μ (2.30), offered load r=λ/μr = \lambda/\mur=λ/μ and ρ=r/c\rho = r/cρ=r/c. The M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c loss system is the same with λn=0\lambda_n = 0λn​=0 for n≥cn \ge cn≥c. The M/M/∞M/M/\inftyM/M/∞ queue has μn=nμ\mu_n = n\muμn​=nμ.

The explicit functions are the Erlang-B formula

B(c,r)=rc/c!∑i=0cri/i!,B(c, r) = \frac{r^c/c!}{\sum_{i=0}^{c} r^i/i!},B(c,r)=∑i=0c​ri/i!rc/c!​,

the Erlang-C formula, defined for ρ=r/c<1\rho = r/c < 1ρ=r/c<1,

C(c,r)=rc/(c!(1−ρ))rc/(c!(1−ρ))+∑n=0c−1rn/n!,C(c, r) = \frac{r^c/(c!(1-\rho))}{r^c/(c!(1-\rho)) + \sum_{n=0}^{c-1} r^n/n!},C(c,r)=rc/(c!(1−ρ))+∑n=0c−1​rn/n!rc/(c!(1−ρ))​,

and, with ϕ\phiϕ, Φ\PhiΦ the standard normal density and distribution function,

α(β)=ϕ(β)ϕ(β)+βΦ(β).\alpha(\beta) = \frac{\phi(\beta)}{\phi(\beta) + \beta\Phi(\beta)}.α(β)=ϕ(β)+βΦ(β)ϕ(β)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Halfin–Whitt theorem (§2.4, p.75)

For offered loads 0<rn<n0 < r_n < n0<rn​<n,

lim⁡n→∞C(n,rn)=α∈(0,1)  ⟺  lim⁡n→∞n−rnn=β>0,α=α(β).\lim_{n\to\infty} C(n, r_n) = \alpha \in (0,1) \iff \lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{n - r_n}{\sqrt n} = \beta > 0, \qquad \alpha = \alpha(\beta).n→∞lim​C(n,rn​)=α∈(0,1)⟺n→∞lim​n​n−rn​​=β>0,α=α(β).

It is stated as three facts: α\alphaα maps (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞) into (0,1)(0, 1)(0,1); each α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0, 1)α∈(0,1) has exactly one preimage β>0\beta > 0β>0; and for every β>0\beta > 0β>0 the two limits are equivalent.

Milestones

  1. (2.3)–(2.4): the steady-state solution of a general birth–death process, pn=p0∏i=1nλi−1/μip_n = p_0\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_ipn​=p0​∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​, and its existence if and only if 1+∑n≥1∏i=1nλi−1/μi<∞1 + \sum_{n\ge1}\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_i < \infty1+∑n≥1​∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​<∞.
  2. (2.9): M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1, pn=(1−ρ)ρnp_n = (1-\rho)\rho^npn​=(1−ρ)ρn, existing iff ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1.
  3. (2.31)–(2.32): the M/M/cM/M/cM/M/c law, existing iff λ/(cμ)<1\lambda/(c\mu) < 1λ/(cμ)<1.
  4. (2.33): Lq=rcρ p0/(c!(1−ρ)2)L_q = r^c\rho\,p_0/(c!(1-\rho)^2)Lq​=rcρp0​/(c!(1−ρ)2).
  5. (2.37)–(2.38): 1−∑n<cpn=C(c,r)1 - \sum_{n<c} p_n = C(c, r)1−∑n<c​pn​=C(c,r).
  6. (2.52)–(2.53): the M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c law and pc=B(c,r)p_c = B(c, r)pc​=B(c,r).
  7. (2.54): B(c,r)=rB(c−1,r)/(c+rB(c−1,r))B(c, r) = rB(c-1, r)/(c + rB(c-1, r))B(c,r)=rB(c−1,r)/(c+rB(c−1,r)), B(0,r)=1B(0, r) = 1B(0,r)=1.
  8. (2.55): C(c,r)=cB(c,r)/(c−r+rB(c,r))C(c, r) = cB(c, r)/(c - r + rB(c, r))C(c,r)=cB(c,r)/(c−r+rB(c,r)).
  9. (2.57): M/M/∞M/M/\inftyM/M/∞, pn=rne−r/n!p_n = r^n e^{-r}/n!pn​=rne−r/n!.

Significance

The results. Items 1–9 are the working formulas of Markovian capacity planning: a stationary law for each basic model and the measures read off from it. (2.54) and (2.55) are how BBB and CCC are computed in practice, since the factorials of the closed forms overflow for c>170c > 170c>170. The Halfin–Whitt theorem is the reason the rule c≈r+βrc \approx r + \beta\sqrt rc≈r+βr​ holds a fixed service level, and it is the entry point to the QED heavy-traffic literature (diffusion limits of many-server queues, Garnett–Mandelbaum–Reiman, Gamarnik–Momčilović).

Formalizing them. All results are classical and proved in the literature. The book states the Halfin–Whitt theorem without proof, and (2.54)–(2.55) are left to exercises. The formalization would supply machine-checked versions of the Erlang identities and of the Halfin–Whitt limit theorem. No Lean development of either was found on the platform when this mission was drafted. A related Erlang-B statement from Kelly and Yudovina is on the platform, stated with detailed balance on a finite state space.

Difficulty

The stationary laws are induction plus geometric and exponential series, and the Erlang identities are finite algebra. The difficulty is concentrated in the goal. C(n,rn)C(n, r_n)C(n,rn​) is a ratio of a Poisson-type tail to a truncated exponential sum in which both nnn and rnr_nrn​ grow. The naive route, substituting Stirling's formula term by term, fails: the sums have Θ(n)\Theta(\sqrt n)Θ(n​) significant terms, each of relative size exp⁡(−k2/2n)\exp(-k^2/2n)exp(−k2/2n), and the error has to be controlled uniformly over them. The converse direction also requires showing that α(⋅)\alpha(\cdot)α(⋅) is strictly monotone. Without that, convergence of C(n,rn)C(n, r_n)C(n,rn​) does not force convergence of (n−rn)/n(n - r_n)/\sqrt n(n−rn​)/n​.

Formalization scope

Rates are real sequences indexed by N\mathbb NN, and a steady-state solution is a real sequence with HasSum p 1, nonnegative entries, and the balance equations (2.1) exactly as printed (global balance, not detailed balance). Every "the steady-state solution is X" is stated in both halves: X is a steady-state solution, and every steady-state solution equals X; the book's existence conditions (ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, λ/(cμ)<1\lambda/(c\mu) < 1λ/(cμ)<1, convergence of the series) are part of the statements. The M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c system is the N\mathbb NN-indexed process with λn=0\lambda_n = 0λn​=0 for n≥cn \ge cn≥c, as §2.5 sets it up; the statement records that states above ccc carry no mass.

The closed forms that are fixed in Lean: ∏i=1nλi−1/μi\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_i∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​ over Finset.Icc 1 n; B(c,r)B(c, r)B(c,r) and C(c,r)C(c, r)C(c,r) exactly as displayed above; ϕ\phiϕ = gaussianPDFReal 0 1, Φ\PhiΦ = the CDF of gaussianReal 0 1; Wq(0)=∑n=0c−1pnW_q(0) = \sum_{n=0}^{c-1} p_nWq​(0)=∑n=0c−1​pn​, as evaluated on p.69; Lq=∑n>c(n−c)pnL_q = \sum_{n > c}(n - c)p_nLq​=∑n>c​(n−c)pn​ as a convergent series.

C(c,r)C(c, r)C(c,r) is a total function in Lean, but its value for r≥cr \ge cr≥c carries no meaning. The goal assumes 0<rn<n0 < r_n < n0<rn​<n for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, the book's standing condition ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1. A statement about some other function with the same limiting behaviour, or with BBB and CCC left abstract, would not be this mission. Neither would one-directional or existence-only versions of the stationary laws.

Not included: the waiting-time distributions (2.28) and (2.39), which need an FCFS waiting-time model with arrival-point probabilities; the M/M/c/KM/M/c/KM/M/c/K measures (2.45)–(2.48); finite-source and state-dependent models (§§2.8–2.10). Useful contributions beyond the milestones are Poisson tail estimates at the n\sqrt nn​ scale and monotonicity of α(β)\alpha(\beta)α(β). Both are reusable in other many-server heavy-traffic statements.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Operations Research 29(3), 567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • N. Gans, G. Koole, A. Mandelbaum, Telephone call centers: tutorial, review, and research prospects, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 5(2), 79–141, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.5.2.79.16071
  • A. K. Erlang, Solution of some problems in the theory of probabilities of significance in automatic telephone exchanges, Elektroteknikeren 13, 1917 (English translation in The Life and Works of A. K. Erlang, 1948).
  • F. P. Kelly, E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear OptimizationMechanism Design+1·Captain: mikedeng1

An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design VII: Crémer–McLean Full Surplus Extraction with Correlated TypesTextbook

Motivation

Bayesian mechanism design asks which collective decisions and payments a designer can implement when every agent holds private information, the type, drawn from a commonly known prior. Most of the classical theory (Myerson's optimal auction, the Myerson–Satterthwaite impossibility, the public goods results) assumes that types are independent. Once types are correlated, as they are when bidders' values share a common component, the theory changes in a way that is best read as a paradox: Crémer and McLean (Econometrica 1988) showed that a designer can then extract the entire surplus, leaving agents no information rents. This mission formalizes Chapter 6 of Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design (Oxford University Press 2015), which sets up Bayesian mechanism design in general, treats independent types, and proves the Crémer–McLean theorem, together with the one numbered result of Chapter 9, the impossibility theorem of Jehiel and Moldovanu for interdependent values.

Timeline of the results formalized here:

  • Rochet (1987) characterized implementable decision rules by cyclical monotonicity; Proposition 6.1 is its interim version for independent types.
  • Crémer and McLean (1988): under their condition on the prior, every direct mechanism can be made Bayesian incentive-compatible without changing its decision rule or interim payments (Proposition 6.4).
  • Krishna and Maenner (2001): revenue equivalence for convex type sets and convex utilities (Proposition 6.2).
  • Jehiel and Moldovanu (2001): with interdependent values, efficient decisions are generically not Bayesian implementable (Proposition 9.1).
  • Kosenok and Severinov (2008): an identifiability condition added to Crémer–McLean gives ex post budget balance as well (Proposition 6.6).

Setting

There are finitely many agents i∈Ii \in Ii∈I and a set AAA of alternatives. Agent iii has a type θi∈Θi\theta_i \in \Theta_iθi​∈Θi​ and utility ui(a,θi)−tiu_i(a,\theta_i) - t_iui​(a,θi​)−ti​ from alternative aaa and payment tit_iti​. Types θ=(θ1,…,θN)∈Θ=∏iΘi\theta = (\theta_1,\dots,\theta_N) \in \Theta = \prod_i \Theta_iθ=(θ1​,…,θN​)∈Θ=∏i​Θi​ are drawn from a common prior μ\muμ; μ(⋅∣θi)\mu(\cdot\mid\theta_i)μ(⋅∣θi​) is the conditional distribution of the others' types θ−i\theta_{-i}θ−i​ given θi\theta_iθi​. Types are independent if μ(⋅∣θi)\mu(\cdot\mid\theta_i)μ(⋅∣θi​) does not depend on θi\theta_iθi​.

A direct mechanism (q,t1,…,tN)(q, t_1,\dots,t_N)(q,t1​,…,tN​) is a decision rule q:Θ→Aq:\Theta\to Aq:Θ→A and payment rules ti:Θ→Rt_i:\Theta\to\mathbb Rti​:Θ→R. It is Bayesian incentive-compatible (BIC) if for every iii and all θi,θi′\theta_i,\theta_i'θi​,θi′​,

∫Θ−iui(q(θi,θ−i),θi)−ti(θi,θ−i) dμ(θ−i∣θi) ≥ ∫Θ−iui(q(θi′,θ−i),θi)−ti(θi′,θ−i) dμ(θ−i∣θi).\int_{\Theta_{-i}} u_i(q(\theta_i,\theta_{-i}),\theta_i) - t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,d\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) \ \ge\ \int_{\Theta_{-i}} u_i(q(\theta_i',\theta_{-i}),\theta_i) - t_i(\theta_i',\theta_{-i})\,d\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i).∫Θ−i​​ui​(q(θi​,θ−i​),θi​)−ti​(θi​,θ−i​)dμ(θ−i​∣θi​) ≥ ∫Θ−i​​ui​(q(θi′​,θ−i​),θi​)−ti​(θi′​,θ−i​)dμ(θ−i​∣θi​).

The interim decision rule Qi(θi)Q_i(\theta_i)Qi​(θi​) is the distribution of q(θi,θ−i)q(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})q(θi​,θ−i​) given θi\theta_iθi​, and the interim expected payment is Ti(θi)=∫ti(θi,θ−i) dμ(θ−i∣θi)T_i(\theta_i) = \int t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,d\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i)Ti​(θi​)=∫ti​(θi​,θ−i​)dμ(θ−i​∣θi​). A mechanism is ex post budget balanced if ∑iti(θ)=0\sum_i t_i(\theta) = 0∑i​ti​(θ)=0 for every θ\thetaθ, and ex ante budget balanced if ∫Θ∑iti dμ=0\int_\Theta \sum_i t_i\,d\mu = 0∫Θ​∑i​ti​dμ=0.

In §6.4 every Θi\Theta_iΘi​ is finite and μ(θ)>0\mu(\theta) > 0μ(θ)>0 for every θ\thetaθ. The prior satisfies the Crémer–McLean condition if for no agent iii and type θi\theta_iθi​ there are weights λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 on Θi∖{θi}\Theta_i\setminus\{\theta_i\}Θi​∖{θi​} with

μ(θ−i∣θi)=∑θi′≠θiλ(θi′) μ(θ−i∣θi′)for all θ−i.\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) = \sum_{\theta_i'\ne\theta_i}\lambda(\theta_i')\,\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i')\quad\text{for all }\theta_{-i}.μ(θ−i​∣θi​)=θi′​=θi​∑​λ(θi′​)μ(θ−i​∣θi′​)for all θ−i​.

Identifiability requires that for every full-support distribution ν≠μ\nu\ne\muν=μ some agent's type θi\theta_iθi​ has a belief ν(⋅∣θi)\nu(\cdot\mid\theta_i)ν(⋅∣θi​) that is not a nonnegative combination of the beliefs μ(⋅∣θi′)\mu(\cdot\mid\theta_i')μ(⋅∣θi′​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Crémer–McLean (Proposition 6.4)

If μ\muμ satisfies the Crémer–McLean condition, then for every direct mechanism (q,t)(q,t)(q,t) there is a BIC direct mechanism (q,t′)(q,t')(q,t′) with

∑θ−iti(θi,θ−i) μ(θ−i∣θi)=∑θ−iti′(θi,θ−i) μ(θ−i∣θi)for all i,θi.\sum_{\theta_{-i}} t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) = \sum_{\theta_{-i}} t_i'(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i)\quad\text{for all } i,\theta_i.θ−i​∑​ti​(θi​,θ−i​)μ(θ−i​∣θi​)=θ−i​∑​ti′​(θi​,θ−i​)μ(θ−i​∣θi​)for all i,θi​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 6.1 (independent types): qqq is part of a BIC mechanism iff it is interim cyclically monotone, ∑κ=1k−1(∫Aui(a,θiκ+1) dQi(θiκ)−∫Aui(a,θiκ) dQi(θiκ))≤0\sum_{\kappa=1}^{k-1}\big(\int_A u_i(a,\theta_i^{\kappa+1})\,dQ_i(\theta_i^\kappa) - \int_A u_i(a,\theta_i^\kappa)\,dQ_i(\theta_i^\kappa)\big)\le 0∑κ=1k−1​(∫A​ui​(a,θiκ+1​)dQi​(θiκ​)−∫A​ui​(a,θiκ​)dQi​(θiκ​))≤0 for every cycle θik=θi1\theta_i^k = \theta_i^1θik​=θi1​.
  2. Proposition 6.2 (independent types, convex type sets, convex utilities): two BIC mechanisms with Qi′=QiQ_i' = Q_iQi′​=Qi​ have Ti′=Ti+τiT_i' = T_i + \tau_iTi′​=Ti​+τi​.
  3. Proposition 6.3 (independent types): every ex ante budget balanced mechanism has an equivalent ex post budget balanced one.
  4. Proposition 6.5 (Farkas's alternative), already proved on the platform as Polyhedral.farkas_lemma.
  5. Proposition 6.6 (Kosenok–Severinov): under Crémer–McLean and identifiability, every ex ante budget balanced mechanism has an equivalent BIC and ex post budget balanced one.
  6. Proposition 9.1 (Jehiel–Moldovanu): in the linear interdependent-values model, under a regularity condition on first best rules and the weight condition αaii/αbii≠∑jαaji/∑jαbji\alpha^i_{ai}/\alpha^i_{bi}\ne\sum_j\alpha^i_{aj}/\sum_j\alpha^i_{bj}αaii​/αbii​=∑j​αaji​/∑j​αbji​ for some i,a,bi,a,bi,a,b, no first best direct mechanism is BIC. It uses its own model (§9.3) and is not on the goal's proof path.

Significance

The Crémer–McLean theorem says that, with correlated finite types, incentive compatibility imposes essentially no constraint: every decision rule and every interim payment rule can be implemented. In a single-unit auction this gives full surplus extraction. The result is the benchmark against which the literature on risk aversion, limited liability, collusion and the genericity of priors (Robert 1991, Laffont–Martimort 2000, Heifetz–Neeman 2006) measures its departures, and Proposition 6.6 extends it to budget-balanced mechanisms, which is what bilateral trade and public goods applications need. Propositions 6.1–6.3 are the independent-types counterpart that the correlated case breaks: they show why revenue equivalence and the ex ante/ex post budget-balance equivalence hold there and fail here. Proposition 9.1 shows the opposite failure, for interdependent values, where efficient decisions cannot be implemented even without participation or budget constraints.

All results are proved in the literature (Kosenok–Severinov's proof is omitted in the book). Apart from Farkas's alternative (Proposition 6.5), which is proved on the platform, none of them is formalized in Mathlib or on the platform; the platform's other mechanism design results (dominant-strategy results in a valuation model, revenue equivalence for symmetric independent auctions) do not cover correlated types.

Difficulty

For the goal the difficulty is the uniformity of the construction: a single payment adjustment must make truth-telling optimal against every possible deviation of every type of every agent, while leaving each type's expected payment unchanged. The obvious scoring-rule adjustment, charging −ln⁡μ(θ−i∣θi′)-\ln\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i')−lnμ(θ−i​∣θi′​), changes interim payments, and removing that change is where the Crémer–McLean condition enters. For Proposition 6.2 the envelope argument must handle convex type sets that are not open and utilities that are only convex, not differentiable. For Proposition 9.1 the obvious argument differentiates interim utility twice; the proposition does not assume that interim utility is twice differentiable, so that regularity has to be derived from the hypotheses on the interim probabilities.

Formalization scope

Three definition files carry the three models. Independent types (§6.2–6.3): type sets are arbitrary measurable spaces, the prior is the product of probability measures ρi\rho_iρi​, and interim quantities are integrals against it. Finite correlated types (§6.4): finite type sets, a prior μ:Θ→R\mu:\Theta\to\mathbb Rμ:Θ→R with μ(θ)>0\mu(\theta)>0μ(θ)>0 and ∑θμ(θ)=1\sum_\theta\mu(\theta)=1∑θ​μ(θ)=1, and conditional beliefs μ(θ−i∣θi)=μ(θ)/μ(θi)\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) = \mu(\theta)/\mu(\theta_i)μ(θ−i​∣θi​)=μ(θ)/μ(θi​); the alternative set AAA is arbitrary. Interdependent values (§9.3): finite AAA, signals in [0,1]A[0,1]^A[0,1]A with positive densities, independent across agents, linear utilities with nonzero weights αaij\alpha^j_{ai}αaij​.

Committed conventions and explicit formulas:

  • The Crémer–McLean condition uses nonnegative weights without a sum-to-one constraint, as Definition 6.7 prints it.
  • "Equivalent" in Propositions 6.4 and 6.6 means the same decision rule and the same interim expected payments at truthful reports, as Proposition 6.4 states; in Proposition 6.3 it is the report-by-report notion, which under independence is equality of the interim payment rules TiT_iTi​.
  • Proposition 6.2 adds continuity of ui(a,⋅)u_i(a,\cdot)ui​(a,⋅) on Θi\Theta_iΘi​, and Proposition 6.3 adds at least two agents; without them the printed statements are false.
  • Measurability, which the book omits throughout, is made explicit: decision rules are measurable, and the payment sections and utilities are integrable against the relevant interim distributions.
  • In Proposition 9.1 the partial derivatives are derivatives within the closed cube [0,1]K[0,1]^K[0,1]K, and the weight condition is the displayed ratio inequality.

A trivializing formalization of the goal, one that proves it only for mechanisms that are already incentive compatible, or with a payment rule that is not a function of the reported type profile, or with "equivalent" weakened to "some BIC mechanism exists", is ruled out: the statement quantifies over every direct mechanism and fixes both the decision rule and every interim payment.

Reusable infrastructure: finite conditional expectations under a full-support prior, the Crémer–McLean and identifiability conditions, and the interim model with product priors. Proofs of any milestone and of the goal, including via the Farkas reference, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design, Oxford University Press, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199734023.001.0001
  • J. Crémer and R. P. McLean, "Full extraction of the surplus in Bayesian and dominant strategy auctions", Econometrica 56(6), 1988. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913096
  • G. Kosenok and S. Severinov, "Individually rational, budget-balanced mechanisms and allocation of surplus", Journal of Economic Theory 140(1), 2008.
  • P. Jehiel and B. Moldovanu, "Efficient design with interdependent valuations", Econometrica 69(5), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00237
  • V. Krishna and E. Maenner, "Convex potentials with an application to mechanism design", Econometrica 69(4), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00225
  • J.-C. Rochet, "A necessary and sufficient condition for rationalizability in a quasi-linear context", Journal of Mathematical Economics 16(2), 1987. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(87)90007-3
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Bellman's Dynamic Programming VIII: Multi-Stage Games, Games of Survival and the Extended Min-Max TheoremTextbook

Why multi-stage games

Chapter X of Richard Bellman's Dynamic Programming (Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks edition 2010, DOI 10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f) carries the functional-equation method of the earlier chapters from one-player decision processes to two-player zero-sum games that are played over many stages. At each stage the two players make simultaneous choices, and those choices change the state in which the next stage is played. Games of survival are the standard example. They generalize the gambler's ruin: two players with finite resources play until one of them is ruined. The same framework is the discrete-time form of what Shapley (1953) called stochastic games. It underlies pursuit games, attrition models and the later theory of dynamic games in operations research and economics.

The chapter builds on von Neumann's min-max theorem (1928), which Bellman assumes without proof (§ 3, Eq. (3.4)). It proves three kinds of result: existence and uniqueness for the general multi-stage game equation (§§ 11–16), existence and uniqueness for games of survival with integer payoffs (§ 19), and an extended min-max theorem for ratios of bilinear forms (§ 23). Bellman proposes the ratio as a criterion for non-zero-sum games.

Setting

A matrix game is given by a real M×NM\times NM×N matrix A=(aij)A=(a_{ij})A=(aij​). Player AAA chooses row iii with probability pip_ipi​ and player BBB chooses column jjj with probability qjq_jqj​; ppp and qqq are distribution vectors (points of the standard simplex). The expected return to AAA is

EA(p,q)=∑i,jaij pi qj.E_A(p,q)=\sum_{i,j}a_{ij}\,p_i\,q_j .EA​(p,q)=i,j∑​aij​pi​qj​.

The game has value vvv when max⁡pmin⁡qEA=v=min⁡qmax⁡pEA\max_p\min_q E_A=v=\min_q\max_p E_Amaxp​minq​EA​=v=minq​maxp​EA​, all extrema attained. In the Lean development this is IsMaxMinMinMaxValue, and the bilinear form is bilin.

In the general multi-stage game (§ 12) the state is a pair of vectors P∈D⊆RnP\in D\subseteq\mathbb R^nP∈D⊆Rn, P′∈D′⊆Rn′P'\in D'\subseteq\mathbb R^{n'}P′∈D′⊆Rn′ with norms ∥P∥=∑i∣Pi∣\|P\|=\sum_i|P_i|∥P∥=∑i​∣Pi​∣. In state (P,P′)(P,P')(P,P′), AAA chooses uuu in a choice domain S(P,P′)S(P,P')S(P,P′) and BBB chooses vvv in S′(P,P′)S'(P,P')S′(P,P′). AAA receives R(u,v)R(u,v)R(u,v), and play continues from the state T(P,P′;u,v)T(P,P';u,v)T(P,P′;u,v), T′(P,P′;u,v)T'(P,P';u,v)T′(P,P′;u,v) with weight h(P,P′;u,v)h(P,P';u,v)h(P,P′;u,v). Mixed strategies GGG, G′G'G′ are probability measures on the choice domains. The multi-stage game equation is

f(P,P′)=max⁡Gmin⁡G′∬[R(u,v)+h(P,P′;u,v) f(T,T′)] dG(u) dG′(v)=min⁡G′max⁡G[ ⋯ ].f(P,P')=\max_G\min_{G'}\iint\big[R(u,v)+h(P,P';u,v)\,f(T,T')\big]\,dG(u)\,dG'(v)=\min_{G'}\max_G[\ \cdots\ ].f(P,P′)=Gmax​G′min​∬[R(u,v)+h(P,P′;u,v)f(T,T′)]dG(u)dG′(v)=G′min​Gmax​[ ⋯ ].

A game of survival with integer payoffs (§ 19) has one integer state xxx, the resources of AAA out of a fixed total ddd. AAA is ruined at x≤0x\le0x≤0 and wins at x≥dx\ge dx≥d. At each stage the players play the 2×22\times22×2 game with matrix (−1ac−b)\begin{pmatrix}-1&a\\c&-b\end{pmatrix}(−1c​a−b​), whose entries are the transfers to AAA.

Formalization targets

Goal: the extended min-max theorem (Chapter X, Theorem 7)

For real matrices A=(aij)A=(a_{ij})A=(aij​), B=(bij)B=(b_{ij})B=(bij​) with ∑i,jbijpiqj≥d>0\sum_{i,j}b_{ij}p_iq_j\ge d>0∑i,j​bij​pi​qj​≥d>0 for all distribution vectors p,qp,qp,q,

max⁡pmin⁡q∑i,jaijpiqj∑i,jbijpiqj=min⁡qmax⁡p∑i,jaijpiqj∑i,jbijpiqj.\max_p\min_q\frac{\sum_{i,j}a_{ij}p_iq_j}{\sum_{i,j}b_{ij}p_iq_j}=\min_q\max_p\frac{\sum_{i,j}a_{ij}p_iq_j}{\sum_{i,j}b_{ij}p_iq_j}.pmax​qmin​∑i,j​bij​pi​qj​∑i,j​aij​pi​qj​​=qmin​pmax​∑i,j​bij​pi​qj​∑i,j​aij​pi​qj​​.

It is the chapter's final result, and its statement involves only finite matrices.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (3.4), von Neumann's theorem VA=VBV_A=V_BVA​=VB​. It is already on the platform as AGT.zero_sum_minimax (existence of a saddle point) and enters as a reference.
  2. Lemma 1: the value of a one-stage game moves by at most the largest change of its kernel, ∣L(f)−L1(F)∣≤max⁡u,v [ ∣R−R1∣+∣h∣ ∣f(T,T′)−F(T,T′)∣ ]|L(f)-L_1(F)|\le\max_{u,v}\,[\,|R-R_1|+|h|\,|f(T,T')-F(T,T')|\,]∣L(f)−L1​(F)∣≤maxu,v​[∣R−R1​∣+∣h∣∣f(T,T′)−F(T,T′)∣].
  3. Theorem 1: under hypotheses (4a)–(4e), the multi-stage game equation has a unique solution among functions continuous on D×D′D\times D'D×D′ that vanish at the origin, and it is the uniform limit on bounded regions of the successive approximations.
  4. Theorem 3: the successive approximations converge from any admissible initial function.
  5. Theorem 4: stability, ∣f(P,P′)−F(P,P′)∣≤∑n≥0Δ(knc)|f(P,P')-F(P,P')|\le\sum_{n\ge0}\Delta(k^nc)∣f(P,P′)−F(P,P′)∣≤∑n≥0​Δ(knc).
  6. Theorem 5: the game of survival equation with boundary values 000 and 111 has a unique solution with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Significance

Theorem 7 gives a value for ratio games, the games in which a player maximizes a return per unit of a resource consumed. Bellman uses it to give a rationale for the play of non-zero-sum games (§ 24) and to derive the approximate equation (22.4) for non-zero-sum games of survival. Chapter XI, Theorem 5 generalizes it to Markovian decision processes. Theorem 1 is the existence and uniqueness result that justifies replacing an infinite game by its functional equation, and Theorems 3 and 4 make that equation usable for computation and perturbation. Theorem 5 is an early uniqueness theorem for a discrete stochastic game with absorbing boundaries.

None of these statements is formalized on the platform. Von Neumann's theorem is (AGT.zero_sum_minimax, and Sion's theorem as FamousTheorems.sion_minimax_theorem). Theorem 7 is a classical result: with a positive denominator the ratio is quasiconcave in ppp and quasiconvex in qqq. This mission asks for a machine-checked proof of the book's statement, by Bellman's route or by any other. Theorems 1, 3 and 4 need a formal theory of games whose mixed strategies are probability measures on moving compact choice domains. No such theory is on the platform yet.

Difficulty

The ratio in Theorem 7 is not bilinear, and in general it is neither concave in ppp nor convex in qqq, so neither von Neumann's theorem nor a concave-convex min-max theorem applies to it directly. For Theorem 1, the contraction argument needs each one-stage game to have a value and the value to depend continuously on the state. That requires a min-max theorem for continuous games on compact sets, together with continuity of the value when the choice domains move. In Theorem 5, existence follows from monotone iteration. The uniqueness step is the hard part: the operator is not a contraction in the sup norm, and a second solution must be ruled out even at states where the optimal mixed strategies are degenerate.

Formalization scope

  • Distribution vectors are points of stdSimplex ℝ ι for nonempty finite types. "Max-min equals min-max" always asserts attainment (IsGreatest/IsLeast) and never uses sSup/sInf, which return 000 on empty or unbounded sets. Theorem 7 must not assume a saddle point; its only hypothesis is the bound on the denominator.
  • States are Fin n → ℝ with the ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 norm of Eq. (12.1). Choice domains are nonempty compact sets (NonemptyCompacts), and mixed strategies are probability measures of full mass on them. "Vary continuously" in (4b), which the book does not define, is read as continuity in Mathlib's topology on nonempty compact sets (for a metric space, the topology of the Hausdorff distance).
  • The maxima w(c)w(c)w(c) of (4d) and Δ(c)\Delta(c)Δ(c) of Theorem 4 are expressed through majorants, which is equivalent to the book's condition. k≥0k\ge0k≥0 is stated explicitly. In Lemma 1 the kernels are assumed measurable and bounded on S×S′S\times S'S×S′ so that the integrals exist, and each game having a value is a hypothesis, as in Bellman's footnote 4.
  • Theorem 3's "converges" is stated as uniform convergence on bounded regions, the mode of Theorem 1, whose proof Theorem 3 repeats. Theorem 4's unspecified ccc is any c≥∥P∥+∥P′∥c\ge\|P\|+\|P'\|c≥∥P∥+∥P′∥. The book's p. 301 prints the first min-max of Theorem 4 with the subscripts GGG, G′G'G′ interchanged; the equation used is that of Theorem 1.
  • Theorem 5 adds the implicit d≥1d\ge1d≥1: for d≤0d\le0d≤0 the boundary conditions contradict each other. The state is an integer and f:Z→Rf:\mathbb Z\to\mathbb Rf:Z→R.
  • Taking the choice domains constant would trivialize Theorem 1: condition (4d) would then force R≡0R\equiv0R≡0 on them. The choice domains therefore depend on the state.
  • Not included: Theorem 2 (optimal strategies of the infinite game, which needs a model of the game's plays), Theorem 6 (non-zero-sum survival; the boundary conditions (21.3) do not cover all states, see the moderation notes).

Contributions of reusable infrastructure are welcome: the min-max theorem for continuous games on compact sets (Eq. (4.2)), continuity of the value in the choice domains, and value iteration for contracting game operators.

Selected references

  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks in Mathematics, 2010. DOI 10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f
  • J. von Neumann, Zur Theorie der Gesellschaftsspiele, Mathematische Annalen 100, 1928. DOI 10.1007/BF01448847
  • L. S. Shapley, Stochastic games, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 39, 1953. DOI 10.1073/pnas.39.10.1095
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8, 1958. DOI 10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
  • I. L. Glicksberg, A further generalization of the Kakutani fixed point theorem, with application to Nash equilibrium points, Proceedings of the AMS 3, 1952. DOI 10.1090/S0002-9939-1952-0046638-5
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 14 of 45Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me